diff --git a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
index fbd0b09b71..a031ed386c 100644
--- a/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ DAN	1	4	im8m			0	king’s palace	This is the large house or building where the k
 DAN	1	4	gg5x			0	He was to teach them	Alternate translation: “Ashpenaz was to teach them”
 DAN	1	5	v9dg	figs-metonymy		0	The king counted out for them	The king’s officials did this task for him. Alternate translation: “The king’s officials counted out for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	1	5	vq2i			0	his delicacies	the special, rare, good foods that the king ate
-DAN	1	5	ex12	figs-activepassive		0	These young men were to be trained	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ashpenaz was to train these young men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	1	5	ex12	figs-activepassive		0	These young men were to be trained	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ashpenaz was to train these young men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	1	5	bj35			0	trained	Alternate translation: “taught skills”
 DAN	1	6	ln29			0	Among these	Alternate translation: “Among the young men from Israel”
 DAN	1	7	k7uc			0	The chief official	This refers to Ashpenaz who was King Nebuchadnezzar’s highest official.
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ DAN	2	4	k6f2	translate-names		0	Aramaic	This is the language that people in Baby
 DAN	2	4	b8zx			0	King, live forever!	The men probably said this to show the king that they were loyal to him. Alternate translation: “King, we hope you will live forever!”
 DAN	2	4	n36i			0	us, your servants	The men called themselves the king’s servants to show him respect.
 DAN	2	4	cba4	figs-exclusive		0	we will reveal	Here the word “we” refers to the men that the king is speaking to and does not include the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-DAN	2	5	mdp2	figs-activepassive		0	This matter has been settled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have already decided what to do about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	5	nw8r	figs-activepassive		0	your bodies will be torn apart and your houses made into rubbish heaps	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will command my soldiers to tear your bodies apart and to make your houses into rubbish heaps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	6	xv1k	figs-activepassive		0	you will receive gifts from me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	5	mdp2	figs-activepassive		0	This matter has been settled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have already decided what to do about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	5	nw8r	figs-activepassive		0	your bodies will be torn apart and your houses made into rubbish heaps	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will command my soldiers to tear your bodies apart and to make your houses into rubbish heaps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	6	xv1k	figs-activepassive		0	you will receive gifts from me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	7	ux2h	figs-123person		0	Let the king tell us	The wise men addressed the king in the third person as a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	2	8	h6gf	figs-metaphor		0	you see how firm my decision is about this	A decision that will not be changed is spoken of as something firm. Alternate translation: “you see that I will not change my decision about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	2	9	ef89			0	there is only one sentence for you	Alternate translation: “there is only one punishment for you”
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ DAN	2	11	n99m	figs-litotes		0	there is no one who can tell it to the king except
 DAN	2	12	xu8y	figs-doublet		0	angry and very furious	These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his anger. Alternate translation: “incredibly angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	2	12	y1cf			0	all those in Babylon	Alternate translation: “all the men in Babylon”
 DAN	2	13	w1hk	figs-personification		0	So the decree went out	The decree is spoken of as if it was alive and able to go out by itself. Alternate translation: “So the king issued a command” or “So the king gave a command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-DAN	2	13	m5cr	figs-activepassive		0	all those who were known for their wisdom were to be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were to kill all of the men who were known for their wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	13	d4wp	figs-activepassive		0	so they could be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	13	m5cr	figs-activepassive		0	all those who were known for their wisdom were to be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were to kill all of the men who were known for their wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	13	d4wp	figs-activepassive		0	so they could be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	14	fm3n	figs-doublet		0	prudence and discretion	These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his prudence. Alternate translation: “caution and careful judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	2	14	cj8p	translate-names		0	Arioch	This is the name of the king’s commander. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 DAN	2	14	a4fa			0	bodyguard	This is a group of men whose job is to protect the king.
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ DAN	2	16	jl4r			0	requested an appointment with the king	Alternate translation:
 DAN	2	17	bbc8			0	his house	This is referring to Daniel’s house.
 DAN	2	17	ijt3			0	what had happened	Alternate translation: “about the king’s decree”
 DAN	2	18	uh7c			0	He urged them to seek mercy	Alternate translation: “He begged them to pray for mercy”
-DAN	2	18	yhz1	figs-activepassive		0	so that he and they might not be killed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the king would not kill them” or “so that the king’s bodyguard would not kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	19	nq22	figs-activepassive		0	That night the mystery was revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “That night God revealed the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	18	yhz1	figs-activepassive		0	so that he and they might not be killed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the king would not kill them” or “so that the king’s bodyguard would not kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	19	nq22	figs-activepassive		0	That night the mystery was revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “That night God revealed the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	19	s94i			0	the mystery	This is referring to the king’s dream and its meaning.
 DAN	2	20	e8z9	figs-metonymy		0	Praise the name of God	Here “name” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	2	21	p54i			0	General Information:	These verses are also part of Daniel’s prayer.
@@ -91,11 +91,11 @@ DAN	2	23	x268			0	made known to us the matter that concerns the king	Alternate t
 DAN	2	24	le8h	translate-names		0	Arioch	This is the name of the king’s commander. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 2:14](../02/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 DAN	2	24	fs73			0	everyone who was wise	Alternate translation: “the wise men”
 DAN	2	26	z3qq	translate-names		0	Belteshazzar	This was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-DAN	2	27	b59r	figs-activepassive		0	The mystery that the king has asked about … not by astrologers	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who have wisdom, those who claim to speak with the dead, magicians, and astrologers cannot reveal the mystery about which the king has asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	27	b59r	figs-activepassive		0	The mystery that the king has asked about … not by astrologers	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who have wisdom, those who claim to speak with the dead, magicians, and astrologers cannot reveal the mystery about which the king has asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	27	r8dh			0	The mystery that the king has asked about	This phrase refers to the king’s dream.
 DAN	2	29	as3u	figs-explicit		0	the one who reveals mysteries	This phrase refers to God. Alternate translation: “God, who reveals mysteries” or “God, who makes mysteries known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-DAN	2	30	v6bt	figs-activepassive		0	this mystery was not revealed to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God did not reveal this mystery to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	30	qk3n	figs-activepassive		0	This mystery was revealed to me so that you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He revealed the mystery to me so that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	30	v6bt	figs-activepassive		0	this mystery was not revealed to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God did not reveal this mystery to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	30	qk3n	figs-activepassive		0	This mystery was revealed to me so that you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He revealed the mystery to me so that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	30	ca22	figs-synecdoche		0	know the thoughts deep within you	This phrase is using the word “you” referring to the person’s mind. Alternate translation: “know the thoughts deep inside your mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 DAN	2	32	qp26			0	was made of fine gold	Alternate translation: “was of fine gold” or “was fine gold”
 DAN	2	33	n7d7			0	were made partly of iron and partly of clay	Alternate translation: “were partly of iron and partly of clay” or “were partly iron and partly clay”
@@ -119,14 +119,14 @@ DAN	2	40	d7bf	figs-simile		0	strong as iron	The fourth kingdom is spoken of as b
 DAN	2	40	rjj2	writing-symlanguage		0	It will shatter all these things and crush them	This symbolic language means the fourth kingdom will defeat and replace the other kingdoms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	2	40	qn2j			0	all these things	Alternate translation: “the previous kingdoms”
 DAN	2	41	lp4z			0	Just as you saw	Nebuchadnezzar saw that the feet consisted of clay and iron. He did not see the process of making the feet.
-DAN	2	41	bc2q	figs-activepassive		0	were partly made of baked clay and partly made of iron	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were a mixture of baked clay and iron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	41	bc2q	figs-activepassive		0	were partly made of baked clay and partly made of iron	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were a mixture of baked clay and iron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	43	c3hf			0	they will not stay together	Alternate translation: “they will not remain united”
 DAN	2	44	fan9			0	In the days of those kings	Here “those kings” refers to the rulers of the kingdoms symbolized by the different parts of the statue.
-DAN	2	44	d96c	figs-activepassive		0	that will never be destroyed, nor will it be conquered by another people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy, and that another people never conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	2	45	u69a	figs-activepassive		0	a stone was cut out of the mountain, but not by human hands	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone cut a stone from the mountain, but it was not a human who cut it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	44	d96c	figs-activepassive		0	that will never be destroyed, nor will it be conquered by another people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy, and that another people never conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	45	u69a	figs-activepassive		0	a stone was cut out of the mountain, but not by human hands	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone cut a stone from the mountain, but it was not a human who cut it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	45	xc85			0	reliable	trustworthy and correct
 DAN	2	46	hb4s	translate-symaction		0	fell on his face	This symbolic act showed that the king was honoring Daniel. Alternate translation: “lay down with his face on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-DAN	2	46	xf46	figs-activepassive		0	an offering be made and that incense be offered up to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his servants make an offering and offer up incense to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	2	46	xf46	figs-activepassive		0	an offering be made and that incense be offered up to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his servants make an offering and offer up incense to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	2	47	jz9s			0	Truly your God	Alternate translation: “It is true that your God”
 DAN	2	47	q3ru			0	the God of gods, the Lord of kings	Alternate translation: “greater than all the other gods, and King over all other kings”
 DAN	2	47	ifr1			0	the one who reveals mysteries	Translate “the one who reveals mysteries” as in [Daniel 2:29](../02/29.md).
@@ -142,12 +142,12 @@ DAN	3	2	yr48			0	treasurers	These officials are in charge of money.
 DAN	3	3	qh6f			0	the provincial governors, regional governors,…officials of the provinces	See how you translated this list in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
 DAN	3	3	wy5b	figs-metonymy		0	the statue that Nebuchadnezzar had set up	Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the statue that Nebuchadnezzar’s men had set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	3	4	huk2			0	herald	This person is an official messenger for the king.
-DAN	3	4	z125	figs-activepassive		0	You are commanded	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “The king commands you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	4	z125	figs-activepassive		0	You are commanded	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “The king commands you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	4	by5m	figs-metonymy		0	peoples, nations, and languages	Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	3	5	xs6t			0	zithers	These are musical instruments similar to harps. They are shaped like triangles and have four strings.
 DAN	3	5	c6tz			0	fall down	Here “fall down” means “quickly lie down”
 DAN	3	5	mml9	translate-symaction		0	prostrate yourselves to	“stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-DAN	3	6	z9s5	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever does not fall down and worship, at that very moment, will be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The soldiers will throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not fall down and worship the statue at the very moment they hear the music” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	6	z9s5	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever does not fall down and worship, at that very moment, will be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The soldiers will throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not fall down and worship the statue at the very moment they hear the music” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	6	xue4			0	fall down	Here “fall down” means “quickly lie down”
 DAN	3	6	x9ik			0	blazing furnace	This is a large room filled with a hot fire.
 DAN	3	7	x2pp			0	all the peoples, nations, and languages	Here “all” that means all the people who were present.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ DAN	3	9	hf48			0	King, live forever	This was a common greeting to the king.
 DAN	3	10	dzb5			0	the horns, flutes … and pipes	These are musical instruments. See how you translated these words in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
 DAN	3	10	jiv5			0	fall down	Here “fall down” means “quickly lie down”
 DAN	3	10	h3iu	translate-symaction		0	prostrate himself to	The people would do this to worship the statue. Alternate translation: “stretch himself out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-DAN	3	11	u6bm	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever does not fall down and worship must be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Soldiers must throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not lie down on the ground and worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	11	u6bm	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever does not fall down and worship must be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Soldiers must throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not lie down on the ground and worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	11	qdc6			0	fall down	Here “fall down” means “quickly lie down”
 DAN	3	11	p2l2			0	blazing furnace	This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
 DAN	3	12	in2b			0	affairs	matters having to do with government
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ DAN	3	15	l9el			0	fall down	Here “fall down” means “quickly lie down”
 DAN	3	15	ws27	translate-symaction		0	prostrate yourselves to	stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 DAN	3	15	vth1			0	all will be well	Alternate translation: “there will no longer be a problem” or “you will be free to go”
 DAN	3	15	td6r	figs-metonymy		0	the statue that I have made	Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the statue that my men have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DAN	3	15	gz3y	figs-activepassive		0	you will immediately be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my soldiers will immediately throw you into a blazing furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	15	gz3y	figs-activepassive		0	you will immediately be thrown into a blazing furnace	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my soldiers will immediately throw you into a blazing furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	15	sl8a			0	blazing furnace	This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
 DAN	3	15	z8gt	figs-rquestion		0	Who is the god … my hands?	The king does not expect an answer. He is threatening the three men. Alternate translation: “No god is able to rescue you from my power!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 DAN	3	15	hw83	figs-metonymy		0	out of my hands	Here “hands” refers to power to punish. Alternate translation: “from my punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -189,22 +189,22 @@ DAN	3	18	mc1d			0	But if not, let it be known to you, king, that	Alternate trans
 DAN	3	18	p84a	translate-symaction		0	prostrate ourselves to	People would do this to worship their gods. Alternate translation: “stretch ourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 DAN	3	18	iq7t	figs-metonymy		0	the golden statue you set up	Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the golden statue your men set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	3	19	bt7k	figs-metaphor		0	Nebuchadnezzar was filled with rage	The king was so angry that rage is spoken of as if it were filling him up. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar became extremely angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-DAN	3	19	e99g	figs-idiom		0	He commanded that the furnace should be heated seven times hotter than it was normally heated	Here “seven times hotter” is an idiom that means to make it very much hotter. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He commanded his men to make the furnace very much hotter than they normally make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	19	e99g	figs-idiom		0	He commanded that the furnace should be heated seven times hotter than it was normally heated	Here “seven times hotter” is an idiom that means to make it very much hotter. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He commanded his men to make the furnace very much hotter than they normally make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	21	r7tt			0	turbans	A turban is a head covering made of wrapped cloth.
 DAN	3	21	xya5			0	blazing furnace	This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
-DAN	3	22	v2v9	figs-activepassive		0	Because the king’s command was strictly followed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because the men did exactly what the king commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	22	v2v9	figs-activepassive		0	Because the king’s command was strictly followed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because the men did exactly what the king commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	24	kzd8			0	Did we not throw three men tied up into the fire	Alternate translation: “We threw three men tied up into the fire, right”
 DAN	3	25	gy5s	translate-ordinal		0	The brilliance of the fourth is like a son of the gods	The gods were believed to shine brightly with light. Alternate translation: “Man four is shining brightly with light as a son of the gods would shine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 DAN	3	27	ru5i			0	The provincial governors, regional governors, other governors	These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory. See how you translated these in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
-DAN	3	27	g7e8	figs-activepassive		0	the hair on their heads was not singed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire had not singed the hair on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	27	g7e8	figs-activepassive		0	the hair on their heads was not singed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire had not singed the hair on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	27	jr79			0	was not singed	Alternate translation: “was not burned even a little”
-DAN	3	27	nuu7	figs-activepassive		0	their robes were not harmed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire did not harm their robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	27	nuu7	figs-activepassive		0	their robes were not harmed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire did not harm their robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	27	hv4b			0	there was no smell of fire on them	Alternate translation: “they did not smell like fire”
 DAN	3	28	x5ha	figs-metaphor		0	they set aside my command	Not obeying the king’s command is spoken of as if they had physically moved it away from them. Alternate translation: “they ignored my command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	3	28	uld8	figs-idiom		0	they gave up their bodies	This phrase refers to the three men’s willingness to die for what they believed. Alternate translation: “they were willing to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	3	28	iz7q	translate-symaction		0	prostrate themselves to	People would do this to worship their gods. Alternate translation: “stretch themselves out on the ground face down in honor of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 DAN	3	28	s95d			0	any god except their God	Alternate translation: “any other god except their God”
-DAN	3	29	pnl6	figs-activepassive		0	any people, nation, or language … must be torn apart, and that their houses must be made into rubbish heaps	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my servants will tear apart any people, nation, or language … and make their houses into piles of garbage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	3	29	pnl6	figs-activepassive		0	any people, nation, or language … must be torn apart, and that their houses must be made into rubbish heaps	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my servants will tear apart any people, nation, or language … and make their houses into piles of garbage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	3	29	h7gq	figs-metonymy		0	any people, nation, or language that speaks	Here “nations” and “language” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “any people from any nation, or those who speak any language that says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	3	29	qb3c			0	speaks anything against the God	Alternate translation: “speaks words that do not respect the God”
 DAN	3	29	t5vb			0	must be torn apart	Alternate translation: “must have their bodies torn apart”
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ DAN	4	5	fmk5	figs-doublet		0	a dream … the images … the visions	These phrase
 DAN	4	5	u6n6	figs-parallelism		0	made me afraid … troubled me	These phrases are parallel and they mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	4	6	ep7g			0	all the men of Babylon who had wisdom	Alternate translation: “all the wise men of Babylon”
 DAN	4	7	l5u7	figs-123person		0	General Information:	In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-DAN	4	8	aej3	figs-activepassive		0	who is named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	8	aej3	figs-activepassive		0	who is named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	8	dhx3			0	Belteshazzar	This was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
 DAN	4	9	x1x7			0	no mystery is too difficult for you	The can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you understand the meaning of every mystery”
 DAN	4	10	vz2b	figs-123person		0	General Information:	In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ DAN	4	15	eb7u			0	stump of its roots	This is the part of the tree that is left a
 DAN	4	15	e8lj			0	dew	the moisture on the ground that is found in the mornings
 DAN	4	16	f3wx	figs-pronouns		0	Let his mind be changed … seven years pass by	Since the tree represents Nebuchadnezzar, the masculine pronouns “his” and “him” in verse 16 refer to the same tree as the neuter pronoun “it” in verse 15. Alternate translation: “The man’s mind will change from a man’s mind to an animal’s mind for a period of seven years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 DAN	4	17	k6kq	figs-123person		0	General Information:	In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-DAN	4	17	j1fe	figs-activepassive		0	It is a decision made by the holy ones	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The holy ones have made this decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	17	j1fe	figs-activepassive		0	It is a decision made by the holy ones	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The holy ones have made this decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	17	m2np	figs-explicit		0	the holy ones	This phrase probably refers to angels. Alternate translation: “the holy angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	4	17	y8ih			0	those who are alive	Alternate translation: “every living person” or “everyone”
 DAN	4	17	aas5			0	gives them	Alternate translation: “gives the kingdoms”
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ DAN	4	18	kjd4			0	Belteshazzar	This was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel.
 DAN	4	18	jr6i			0	you are able to do so	Alternate translation: “you are able to interpret it”
 DAN	4	18	pl5q			0	the spirit of the holy gods	Nebuchadnezzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. These are not the same as “the holy ones” in verse 17. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
 DAN	4	19	n8fk	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-DAN	4	19	u9rc	figs-activepassive		0	who was also named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I also named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	19	u9rc	figs-activepassive		0	who was also named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I also named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	19	a33v	figs-explicit		0	was greatly upset for a while, and his thoughts alarmed him	Daniel’s understanding of the meaning of the vision is what alarmed him. This can be explicitly stated. Alternate translation: “did not say anything for some time because he was very worried about the meaning of the dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	4	19	kf99			0	may the dream be for those who hate you; may its interpretation be for your enemies	Daniel is expressing his wish that the dream was not about Nebuchadnezzar, even though he knew that it really was about the king.
 DAN	4	20	vj36	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]). Many terms in this verse are almost the same as in [Daniel 4:11](../04/11.md). See how you translated that verse.
@@ -265,14 +265,14 @@ DAN	4	23	c89t			0	the stump of its roots	This is the part of the tree that is le
 DAN	4	23	i27p			0	in the middle of the tender grass of the field	Alternate translation: “surrounded by the tender grass of the field”
 DAN	4	23	bx4z			0	dew	the moisture that settles on the ground in the mornings
 DAN	4	24	f3tz			0	that has reached you	Alternate translation: “that you have heard”
-DAN	4	25	fd8s	figs-activepassive		0	You will be driven from among men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Men will drive you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	4	25	gq52	figs-activepassive		0	You will be made to eat grass	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will eat grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	25	fd8s	figs-activepassive		0	You will be driven from among men	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Men will drive you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	25	gq52	figs-activepassive		0	You will be made to eat grass	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will eat grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	26	fgn1	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	4	26	tcg3	figs-metonymy		0	heaven rules	Here “heaven” refers to God who lives in heaven. Alternate translation: “God in heaven is the ruler of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DAN	4	27	yna6	figs-activepassive		0	let my advice be acceptable to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “please accept my advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	27	yna6	figs-activepassive		0	let my advice be acceptable to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “please accept my advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	27	s3j8	figs-metaphor		0	Turn away from your iniquities	Here rejecting iniquity is spoken of as turning away from it. Alternate translation: “Reject your iniquities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	4	27	j7av	figs-nominaladj		0	the oppressed	This nominal adjective refers to people who are oppressed. Alternate translation: “people who are oppressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-DAN	4	27	a7um	figs-activepassive		0	it may be that your prosperity will be extended	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may extend your prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	27	a7um	figs-activepassive		0	it may be that your prosperity will be extended	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may extend your prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	28	rq19	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	4	29	jn5h	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	4	29	ns6t	translate-numbers		0	Twelve months	“12 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -281,20 +281,20 @@ DAN	4	30	csl9			0	for the glory of my majesty	Alternate translation: “to show
 DAN	4	31	g7xg	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	4	31	fjl7	figs-idiom		0	While the words were still on the lips of the king	This idiom means the king was still in the act of speaking. Alternate translation: “While the king was still speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	4	31	cv67			0	a voice came from heaven	Alternate translation: “he heard a voice from heaven”
-DAN	4	31	pt4u	figs-activepassive		0	King Nebuchadnezzar … has been taken away from you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “King Nebuchadnezzar, a decree went out against you that this kingdom no longer belongs to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	4	32	f4us	figs-activepassive		0	You will be driven away from people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will chase you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	31	pt4u	figs-activepassive		0	King Nebuchadnezzar … has been taken away from you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “King Nebuchadnezzar, a decree went out against you that this kingdom no longer belongs to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	32	f4us	figs-activepassive		0	You will be driven away from people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will chase you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	32	m551			0	anyone he wishes	Alternate translation: “whoever he chooses”
 DAN	4	33	ydj8	figs-123person		0	General Information:	Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-DAN	4	33	xpp3	figs-activepassive		0	This decree against Nebuchadnezzar was carried out immediately	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This decree against Nebuchadnezzar happened immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	4	33	chd6	figs-activepassive		0	He was driven away from people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	33	xpp3	figs-activepassive		0	This decree against Nebuchadnezzar was carried out immediately	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This decree against Nebuchadnezzar happened immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	33	chd6	figs-activepassive		0	He was driven away from people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	33	t4b6			0	his nails became like birds’ claws	Alternate translation: “his fingernails looked like birds’ claws”
 DAN	4	34	amm1	figs-123person		0	General Information:	In verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 DAN	4	34	b17l			0	At the end of the days	This refers back to the seven years in [Daniel 4:32](../04/32.md).
-DAN	4	34	ltf5	figs-activepassive		0	my sanity was given back to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my sanity came back to me” or “I became sane again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	34	ltf5	figs-activepassive		0	my sanity was given back to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my sanity came back to me” or “I became sane again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	34	ucj3	figs-parallelism		0	I praised … and I honored	The two phrases refer to the same action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	4	34	nk8u	figs-parallelism		0	For his reign is an everlasting reign … his kingdom endures from all generations to all generations	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used to emphasize how God’s reign never ends. Alternate translation: “He rules forever and his kingdom will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	4	35	ce6u	figs-123person		0	General Information:	In verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-DAN	4	35	dgr8	figs-activepassive		0	All the earth’s inhabitants are considered by him to be as nothing	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He considers all the earth’s inhabitants as nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	35	dgr8	figs-activepassive		0	All the earth’s inhabitants are considered by him to be as nothing	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He considers all the earth’s inhabitants as nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	35	cpy8			0	All the earth’s inhabitants	Alternate translation: “All the people on the earth”
 DAN	4	35	p415			0	the army of heaven	Alternate translation: “the angel armies in heaven”
 DAN	4	35	zpn8			0	whatever suits his will	Alternate translation: “whatever satisfies his purpose” or “anything he wants to do”
@@ -305,17 +305,17 @@ DAN	4	36	rz1d	figs-personification		0	my sanity returned to me	Here his sanity i
 DAN	4	36	pb8a	figs-personification		0	my majesty and splendor returned to me	Here his majesty and splendor are spoken of as if they were able to return by their own power. Alternate translation: “I regained my majesty and my splendor again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 DAN	4	36	nq38	figs-doublet		0	majesty and splendor	These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	4	36	c3xy			0	my noblemen sought my favor	Alternate translation: “my noblemen requested my help again”
-DAN	4	36	ks6b	figs-metonymy		0	I was brought … greatness was given to me	Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	4	36	ks6b	figs-metonymy		0	I was brought … greatness was given to me	Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	4	37	zgl2	figs-doublet		0	praise, extol, and honor	All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	4	37	g1df	figs-idiom		0	who walk in their own pride	This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	5	intro	e9pc			0		# Daniel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
 DAN	5	1	cc4z	translate-names		0	Belshazzar	This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 DAN	5	1	ix8k	translate-numbers		0	for a thousand	“for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 DAN	5	1	tre4			0	he drank wine in front of	Alternate translation: “he drank wine in the presence of”
-DAN	5	2	cz6e	figs-activepassive		0	the containers made of gold or silver	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold or silver containers that the Israelites had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	2	cz6e	figs-activepassive		0	the containers made of gold or silver	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold or silver containers that the Israelites had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	2	gsi3			0	containers	These were cups and other items that were small enough for a person to hold and to drink from them.
 DAN	5	2	lad2	figs-metonymy		0	Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken	Here “Nebuchadnezzar” refers to Nebuchadnezzar’s army. Alternate translation: “his father Nebuchadnezzar’s army” or “the army of Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DAN	5	3	i1zm	figs-activepassive		0	the gold containers that had been taken out of the temple	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold containers that the army of Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	3	i1zm	figs-activepassive		0	the gold containers that had been taken out of the temple	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold containers that the army of Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	3	msp6			0	out of the temple, the house of God	“out of God’s temple.” The phrase “the house of God” tells us something more about the temple.
 DAN	5	5	lkd1			0	At that moment	Alternate translation: “As soon as they did that” or “Suddenly”
 DAN	5	5	cra1			0	plaster	cement or mud that is spread on walls or ceilings to give them a smooth hard surface when it dries
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ DAN	5	6	jn25			0	the king’s face changed	“his face became pale.” This was
 DAN	5	6	gbd6			0	his limbs	Alternate translation: “his legs”
 DAN	5	6	iee9			0	his knees were knocking together	This was the result of his extreme fear.
 DAN	5	7	gz5c			0	those known for their wisdom in Babylon	This refers back to those who claimed to speak with the dead, the wise men, and the astrologers.
-DAN	5	7	ybp9	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever explains this writing and its meaning will be clothed with purple and will have a gold chain around his neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give purple clothes and a gold neck chain to whoever explains this writing and its meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	7	ybp9	figs-activepassive		0	Whoever explains this writing and its meaning will be clothed with purple and will have a gold chain around his neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give purple clothes and a gold neck chain to whoever explains this writing and its meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	7	ms1t	figs-explicit		0	clothed with purple	Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	5	7	x9vi	translate-ordinal		0	the third highest ruler	“the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 DAN	5	9	n4ln	translate-names		0	Belshazzar	This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -334,17 +334,17 @@ DAN	5	10	x55i			0	King, live forever!	This was a normal way to greet the king.
 DAN	5	10	zq7c			0	Do not let the look on your face change	Alternate translation: “There is no need for your face to look so pale”
 DAN	5	11	bql4			0	the spirit of the holy gods	The queen believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
 DAN	5	11	c4n6			0	In the days of your father	Alternate translation: “When your father was ruling”
-DAN	5	11	ss1z	figs-activepassive		0	light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods was found in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	11	ss1z	figs-activepassive		0	light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods was found in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	11	jg2l			0	King Nebuchadnezzar, your father the king	Alternate translation: “Your father, King Nebuchadnezzar”
-DAN	5	12	n7wa	figs-activepassive		0	these qualities were found in this man Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar, had all of these qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	5	12	b8d3	figs-activepassive		0	what has been written	“what has been written on the wall.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the hand wrote on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	5	13	hn7g	figs-activepassive		0	Then Daniel was brought before the king	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then they brought Daniel before the king” or “Then the soldiers brought Daniel before the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	12	n7wa	figs-activepassive		0	these qualities were found in this man Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar, had all of these qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	12	b8d3	figs-activepassive		0	what has been written	“what has been written on the wall.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the hand wrote on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	13	hn7g	figs-activepassive		0	Then Daniel was brought before the king	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then they brought Daniel before the king” or “Then the soldiers brought Daniel before the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	13	sd23	figs-metonymy		0	whom my father the king brought out of Judah	In this phrase “father” is being used to represent all of the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom my father’s soldiers brought out of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	5	14	yxu5			0	the spirit of the gods	Belshazzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Belshazzar worshiped. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
-DAN	5	14	y4ey	figs-activepassive		0	light and understanding and excellent wisdom are found in you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have light and understanding and excellent wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	5	15	c33v	figs-activepassive		0	Now the men known … have been brought in before me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the men known … have come in before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	14	y4ey	figs-activepassive		0	light and understanding and excellent wisdom are found in you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have light and understanding and excellent wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	15	c33v	figs-activepassive		0	Now the men known … have been brought in before me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the men known … have come in before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	15	u817			0	make known to me	Alternate translation: “tell me”
-DAN	5	16	u2ey	figs-activepassive		0	you will be clothed with purple and have a gold chain placed around your neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you purple clothes and a gold neck chain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	16	u2ey	figs-activepassive		0	you will be clothed with purple and have a gold chain placed around your neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you purple clothes and a gold neck chain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	16	iyy2	figs-explicit		0	clothed with purple	Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	5	16	pud4	translate-ordinal		0	the third highest ruler	“the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 DAN	5	17	evt4			0	Let your gifts be for yourself, and	Alternate translation: “I do not want your gifts, so”
@@ -358,8 +358,8 @@ DAN	5	19	db8z			0	he humbled those he wished	Alternate translation: “he humble
 DAN	5	20	zu9p	figs-synecdoche		0	his heart was arrogant	Here “heart” refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king was arrogant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 DAN	5	20	g3wq	figs-synecdoche		0	his spirit was hardened	Here “spirit” refers to the king himself. His stubbornness is spoken of as if he were hardened. Alternate translation: “the king became stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	5	20	w2tx			0	presumptuously	rudely and overly confident
-DAN	5	20	nl2n	figs-metonymy		0	he was brought down from his kingly throne	Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people took away his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	5	21	sl3g	figs-activepassive		0	He was driven away from humanity	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	20	nl2n	figs-metonymy		0	he was brought down from his kingly throne	Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people took away his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	21	sl3g	figs-activepassive		0	He was driven away from humanity	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	21	v3b5	figs-metonymy		0	he had the mind of an animal	Here “mind” represents his thoughts. Alternate translation: “he thought as an animal thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	5	21	amq8			0	dew	the moisture on the ground that is found in the mornings
 DAN	5	21	m4na			0	anyone he wishes	Alternate translation: “whomever he chooses”
@@ -369,17 +369,17 @@ DAN	5	23	fmz3	figs-metaphor		0	You have lifted yourself up against the Lord	To r
 DAN	5	23	qc6h	figs-explicit		0	From his house	What and where “his house” is can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “From his temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	5	23	kj78	figs-metonymy		0	God who holds your breath in his hand	Here “breath” refers to life and “hand” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “God who gives you breath” or “God who has control over your entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	5	23	th44			0	all your ways	Alternate translation: “everything you do”
-DAN	5	24	i8fs	figs-activepassive		0	this writing was done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it wrote this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	5	25	rcy6	figs-activepassive		0	This is the writing that was done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the message that the hand wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	24	i8fs	figs-activepassive		0	this writing was done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it wrote this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	25	rcy6	figs-activepassive		0	This is the writing that was done	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the message that the hand wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	25	ea1k	translate-transliterate		0	Mene, Mene, Tekel, and Pharsin	These are the Aramaic words that were written on the wall. Spell these words with the sounds that fit your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 DAN	5	26	tg8v			0	‘Mene,’ ‘God has numbered	Alternate translation: “‘Mene’ means ‘God has numbered”
 DAN	5	27	q5iv			0	‘Tekel,’ ‘you are weighed	Alternate translation: “‘Tekel’ means ‘you are weighed”
-DAN	5	27	sg5z	figs-metaphor		0	you are weighed in the scales and are found lacking	Judging the worthiness of the king to rule is spoken of as weighing him. This means that the king is not worthy to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has examined your worthiness to rule, and he has found that you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	27	sg5z	figs-metaphor		0	you are weighed in the scales and are found lacking	Judging the worthiness of the king to rule is spoken of as weighing him. This means that the king is not worthy to rule. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has examined your worthiness to rule, and he has found that you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	28	b18p			0	‘Peres,’ ‘your kingdom	Alternate translation: “‘Peres’ means ‘your kingdom.”
 DAN	5	28	jb22			0	Peres	This is the singular form of “Pharsin” in 5:25.
-DAN	5	28	j1p8	figs-activepassive		0	your kingdom is divided and is given to the Medes and Persians	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has divided your kingdom and given it to the Medes and Persians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	28	j1p8	figs-activepassive		0	your kingdom is divided and is given to the Medes and Persians	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has divided your kingdom and given it to the Medes and Persians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	29	j9jg	translate-names		0	Belshazzar	This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-DAN	5	29	uvj8	figs-activepassive		0	A chain of gold was put around his neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They put a chain of gold around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	5	29	uvj8	figs-activepassive		0	A chain of gold was put around his neck	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They put a chain of gold around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	5	29	nfx6	translate-ordinal		0	the third highest ruler	“the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 DAN	5	31	c2bj			0	received the kingdom	Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom”
 DAN	5	31	y1si	translate-numbers		0	when he was about sixty-two years old	“when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -394,14 +394,14 @@ DAN	6	3	aig7	figs-synecdoche		0	he had an extraordinary spirit	Here “spirit”
 DAN	6	3	ef6f			0	extraordinary spirit	spirit that made him do better than the others
 DAN	6	3	ry6m			0	to put him over	Alternate translation: “to give him authority over” or “to put him in charge of”
 DAN	6	4	ex6l	figs-explicit		0	Then the other chief administrators and the provincial governors … for the kingdom	The other administrators were jealous of Daniel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Then the other chief administrators and the provincial governors became jealous. So they looked for mistakes in the work Daniel did for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-DAN	6	4	rl5p	figs-activepassive		0	No mistakes or negligence was found in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They could find no mistakes or negligence in his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	4	rl5p	figs-activepassive		0	No mistakes or negligence was found in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They could find no mistakes or negligence in his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	4	zn7x			0	negligence	overly looking your responsibilities
 DAN	6	5	ek64			0	to complain against this Daniel	Alternate translation: “to complain about Daniel”
 DAN	6	6	yf8j			0	brought a plan before the king	Alternate translation: “presented a plan to the king”
 DAN	6	6	ll7v			0	may you live forever!	This was a normal way to greet a king.
 DAN	6	7	x89h	translate-numbers		0	for thirty days	“for 30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 DAN	6	7	bw29			0	whoever makes a petition	Alternate translation: “whoever makes a request”
-DAN	6	7	l2iq	figs-activepassive		0	that person must be thrown into the den of lions	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers must throw that person into the den of lions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	7	l2iq	figs-activepassive		0	that person must be thrown into the den of lions	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers must throw that person into the den of lions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	7	h7ip			0	den of lions	This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept.
 DAN	6	8	nj57			0	Connecting Statement:	In verse 8, the administrators continue to speak to the king.
 DAN	6	8	v5i8			0	as directed by the laws	Alternate translation: “according to the laws”
@@ -429,13 +429,13 @@ DAN	6	17	szf5			0	den	This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See
 DAN	6	17	xjj7	figs-explicit		0	the king sealed it with his own signet ring and with the signet rings of his nobles … concerning Daniel	The function of the signet ring can be stated clearly. The king and the noblemen pressed their rings into a seal made of wax. Alternate translation: “the king pressed his signet ring into a wax seal, the nobles did this too. No one was allowed to break the seal and help Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	6	17	p5t2			0	nothing might be changed concerning Daniel	Alternate translation: “no one could help Daniel”
 DAN	6	18	un1j	translate-symaction		0	he went through the night fasting	This symbolic act showed that the king was worried about Daniel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-DAN	6	18	a3xd	figs-activepassive		0	No entertainment was brought before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He did not have anyone entertain him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	18	a3xd	figs-activepassive		0	No entertainment was brought before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He did not have anyone entertain him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	18	sb8r	figs-personification		0	sleep fled from him	Sleep is spoken of as if it could run away from the king. Alternate translation: “he did not sleep at all that night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 DAN	6	19	e2wc			0	lions’ den	This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
-DAN	6	22	qn4t	figs-activepassive		0	For I was found blameless	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He knows that I have done nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	22	qn4t	figs-activepassive		0	For I was found blameless	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He knows that I have done nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	22	ssq6			0	I have done you no harm	Alternate translation: “I have not harmed you at all”
 DAN	6	23	r1eg			0	den	This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
-DAN	6	23	qf7q	figs-activepassive		0	No harm was found on him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They did not find any wounds on Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	23	qf7q	figs-activepassive		0	No harm was found on him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They did not find any wounds on Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	24	qwh3			0	Before they reached the floor	Alternate translation: “Before they reached the floor of the lions’ den”
 DAN	6	24	r63c			0	broke all their bones to pieces	Alternate translation: “crushed their bones”
 DAN	6	25	ty2g	figs-metonymy		0	peoples, nations, and languages	Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who spoke different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ DAN	6	26	n6v5	figs-doublet		0	tremble and fear	These two words are similar and c
 DAN	6	26	s8va			0	the God of Daniel	Alternate translation: “the God that Daniel worships”
 DAN	6	26	ma86	figs-parallelism		0	he is the living God and lives forever	The two phrases “the living God” and “lives forever” express the same concept, that God lives forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	6	26	xw4k	figs-parallelism		0	his kingdom shall … his dominion shall	These two phrases are parallel, emphasizing how God’s kingdom will never end. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-DAN	6	26	s6yl	figs-activepassive		0	his kingdom shall not be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will destroy his kingdom” or “his kingdom will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	6	26	s6yl	figs-activepassive		0	his kingdom shall not be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will destroy his kingdom” or “his kingdom will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	6	26	fcy1			0	his dominion shall be to the end	Alternate translation: “he will rule forever”
 DAN	6	27	bld2			0	he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions	Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
 DAN	6	28	a5br			0	during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian	Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
@@ -457,22 +457,22 @@ DAN	7	1	xdv1	figs-doublet		0	a dream and visions	The words “dream” and “vi
 DAN	7	2	mjk7			0	the four winds of heaven	Alternate translation: “winds from everywhere” or “strong winds from all four directions”
 DAN	7	2	b48l			0	stirring up	Alternate translation: “whipped up” or “agitated” or “caused high waves in”
 DAN	7	4	z5hd	writing-symlanguage		0	The first was like a lion but had eagle’s wings	This was a symbolic creature, and not an animal that exists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-DAN	7	4	a7n9	figs-activepassive		0	its wings were torn off and it was lifted from the ground and made to stand on two feet, like a man	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone tore off its wings and lifted it up from the ground and made it stand on two feet like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	7	4	y6v7	figs-metonymy		0	The mind of a man was given to it	Here “mind” refers to thinking. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it the ability to think like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	4	a7n9	figs-activepassive		0	its wings were torn off and it was lifted from the ground and made to stand on two feet, like a man	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone tore off its wings and lifted it up from the ground and made it stand on two feet like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	4	y6v7	figs-metonymy		0	The mind of a man was given to it	Here “mind” refers to thinking. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it the ability to think like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	5	eqm9	writing-symlanguage		0	a second animal, like a bear	This was not an actual bear, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a bear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	7	5	i32b			0	ribs	large curved bones of the chest that connect to the spine
-DAN	7	5	c38p	figs-activepassive		0	It was told	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	5	c38p	figs-activepassive		0	It was told	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	6	fl2z	writing-symlanguage		0	another animal, one that looked like a leopard	This was not an actual leopard, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a leopard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	7	6	h4ia	writing-symlanguage		0	four wings … four heads	The four wings and four heads are symbols, but their meaning is unclear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	7	6	y1jd			0	it had four heads	Alternate translation: “the animal had four heads”
-DAN	7	6	jpn1	figs-activepassive		0	It was given authority to rule	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it authority to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	6	jpn1	figs-activepassive		0	It was given authority to rule	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it authority to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	7	g1aj	writing-symlanguage		0	a fourth animal … it had ten horns	This is also not an actual animal. It is a symbolic creature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	7	7	w7ww			0	trampled underfoot	Alternate translation: “walked on and crushed”
 DAN	7	8	j87p	figs-metonymy		0	the horns	Translators may write a footnote like this: “Horns are a symbol of power and represent powerful leaders.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-DAN	7	8	ga8d	figs-activepassive		0	Three of the first horns were wrenched out by the roots	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The little horn tore out three of the first horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	8	ga8d	figs-activepassive		0	Three of the first horns were wrenched out by the roots	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The little horn tore out three of the first horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	8	d113	figs-synecdoche		0	a mouth that was boasting about great things	Here the horn was boasting, using its mouth to do so. Alternate translation: “the horn had a mouth and boasted about doing great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 DAN	7	9	dge1	writing-symlanguage		0	General Information:	Most of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT and UST present them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-DAN	7	9	hw4v	figs-activepassive		0	thrones were set in place	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone set thrones in their places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	9	hw4v	figs-activepassive		0	thrones were set in place	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone set thrones in their places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	9	xvt9			0	the Ancient of Days	This is a title for God that means he is eternal. Alternate translation: “the One Who Has Lived Forever” or “the One Who Has Always Lived”
 DAN	7	9	rc8y			0	took his seat … His clothing … the hair of his head	This passage describes God as sitting down, with clothing and hair like a person. This does not mean that God really is like this, but it is how Daniel saw God in a vision.
 DAN	7	9	crh4	figs-idiom		0	took his seat	This is an idiom that means he sat down. Alternate translation: “sat down on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -487,22 +487,22 @@ DAN	7	10	gka4			0	millions	This probably refers to a large group rather than to
 DAN	7	10	f9kw			0	one hundred million	This probably refers to a large group rather than to a precise number. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands times tens of thousands” or “uncountable numbers of people”
 DAN	7	10	h5d3			0	The court was in session	This means that God, the judge, was ready to investigate the evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “The judge was ready to judge” or “The judge was seated”
 DAN	7	10	pyd5			0	the books were opened	These are the books that contain the evidence to be used in court. Alternate translation: “the books of evidence were opened”
-DAN	7	11	g8ls	figs-activepassive		0	the animal was killed … to be burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they killed the fourth animal, destroyed its body, and gave it to someone to burn it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	11	g8ls	figs-activepassive		0	the animal was killed … to be burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they killed the fourth animal, destroyed its body, and gave it to someone to burn it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	11	tqd6	figs-explicit		0	the animal was killed	The animal was killed because the judge determined that it was guilty. Alternate translation: “they executed the animal” or “the judge commanded and they killed the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	7	11	pms3			0	the animal	This refers to the fourth animal that had the ten horns and the horn that spoke boastfully. Alternate translation: “the most frightening animal” or “the animal that had the boastful horn”
 DAN	7	12	ayx9			0	the rest of the four animals	It may be helpful to your readers to say, “the other three animals.”
-DAN	7	12	dj5p	figs-activepassive		0	their authority to rule was taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge took away their authority to rule” or “their authority to rule ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	7	12	ru76	figs-activepassive		0	their lives were prolonged for a period of time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they continued to live for a period of time” or “the judge let them live a little longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	12	dj5p	figs-activepassive		0	their authority to rule was taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge took away their authority to rule” or “their authority to rule ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	12	ru76	figs-activepassive		0	their lives were prolonged for a period of time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they continued to live for a period of time” or “the judge let them live a little longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	13	lvf2	writing-symlanguage		0	General Information:	Most of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	7	13	j5t6	figs-simile		0	I saw one coming … like a son of man	The person that Daniel saw was not a normal man, but had a human figure like a man. “I also saw that night someone coming who resembled a son of man, that is, he had a human figure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 DAN	7	13	n5qi			0	with the clouds of heaven	Alternate translation: “with the clouds of the sky”
 DAN	7	13	ln6w			0	the Ancient of Days	This refers to God who is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md)
-DAN	7	13	pjn2	figs-activepassive		0	was presented before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they presented this son of man to the Ancient of Days” or “he stood before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	7	14	ai49	figs-activepassive		0	Authority to rule and glory and royal power were given to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who looked like a son of man received authority to rule, glory, and royal power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	13	pjn2	figs-activepassive		0	was presented before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they presented this son of man to the Ancient of Days” or “he stood before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	14	ai49	figs-activepassive		0	Authority to rule and glory and royal power were given to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who looked like a son of man received authority to rule, glory, and royal power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	14	yv4q			0	royal power	This, here, refers to “authority.”
 DAN	7	14	hc6k	figs-metonymy		0	peoples, nations, and languages	Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	7	14	z6xf	figs-parallelism		0	will not pass away … will never be destroyed	These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-DAN	7	14	sl8k	figs-activepassive		0	that will never be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	14	sl8k	figs-activepassive		0	that will never be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	15	xt3d	figs-parallelism		0	my spirit was grieved inside of me … the visions I saw in my mind troubled me	These two phrases describe how Daniel was feeling. The second one gives more information about the first one, explaining about his grieved spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 DAN	7	15	g5s3	figs-synecdoche		0	my spirit was grieved inside of me	Here “my spirit” refers to Daniel himself. Alternate translation: “I was very sad inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 DAN	7	16	z2w1			0	one of them standing there	This is one of the heavenly beings who were standing before God’s throne. This could mean: (1) these are angels, spirits who serve God (2) these are people who have died and are now in heaven.
@@ -521,9 +521,9 @@ DAN	7	20	vjs9	figs-euphemism		0	before which the three horns fell down	Here “f
 DAN	7	20	frj1			0	the mouth that boasted	Alternate translation: “its mouth that boasted” or “the mouth of the new horn, that boasted”
 DAN	7	20	f425			0	that seemed greater than its companions	the horn with the eyes and a mouth seemed to be greater than the other horns
 DAN	7	21	xcl9			0	this horn	“this fourth horn.” This refers to the horn that is described in [Daniel 7:20](../07/20.md).
-DAN	7	22	pxx4	figs-activepassive		0	until the Ancient of Days came, and justice was given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the Ancient of Days came and brought justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	22	pxx4	figs-activepassive		0	until the Ancient of Days came, and justice was given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the Ancient of Days came and brought justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	22	dui7			0	Ancient of Days	This is a title for God that emphasizes that he is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md).
-DAN	7	22	em4n	figs-activepassive		0	the holy people received the kingdom	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave his kingdom to his holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	22	em4n	figs-activepassive		0	the holy people received the kingdom	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave his kingdom to his holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	23	ec9x	writing-symlanguage		0	General Information:	Most of the text of verses 23-27 is symbolic language. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 DAN	7	23	mv4h			0	This is what that person said	This is the person that Daniel approached in [Daniel 7:16](../07/16.md).
 DAN	7	23	p7zf			0	that person said	Alternate translation: “that person answered”
@@ -538,15 +538,15 @@ DAN	7	25	xih7	figs-idiom		0	He will speak words against the Most High	This means
 DAN	7	25	ce61			0	He will try … into his hand	The words “He” and “his” refer to the newest king, not the Most High.
 DAN	7	25	nt2f			0	the holy people	Alternate translation: “God’s holy people”
 DAN	7	25	w16z			0	change the festivals and the law	Both terms refer to the law of Moses. The festivals were an important part of the religion of Israel in the Old Testament.
-DAN	7	25	hn8p	figs-metonymy		0	These things will be given into his hand	Here “his hand” refers to his control. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The newest king will control the religous festivals and laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	25	hn8p	figs-metonymy		0	These things will be given into his hand	Here “his hand” refers to his control. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The newest king will control the religous festivals and laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	25	dnu4			0	one year, two years, and half a year	This means “three and half years.” This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. Try to translate it in a way that preserves this way of counting. Alternate translation: “one year plus two years plus six months”
 DAN	7	26	is1x			0	the court will be in session	This means that the judge will be ready to investigate evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “the judge will judge” or “The judge will sit down”
 DAN	7	26	iln2			0	they will take his royal power away	Alternate translation: “the members of the court will take the royal power away from the newest king”
 DAN	7	26	j3ya			0	royal power	This, here, refers to “authority.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:14](../07/14.md).
-DAN	7	26	plf7	figs-activepassive		0	to be consumed and destroyed at the end	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and consume and destroy it in the end” or “and completely destroy his royal power in the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	7	27	hh11	figs-activepassive		0	The kingdom and the dominion … will be given to the people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give the kingdom and the dominion … to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	26	plf7	figs-activepassive		0	to be consumed and destroyed at the end	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and consume and destroy it in the end” or “and completely destroy his royal power in the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	7	27	hh11	figs-activepassive		0	The kingdom and the dominion … will be given to the people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give the kingdom and the dominion … to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	7	27	c6lf	figs-doublet		0	The kingdom and the dominion	These two terms mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this will concern all forms of official authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-DAN	7	27	p5c7	figs-abstractnouns		0	the greatness of the kingdoms	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **greatness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “great.” Alternate translation: “everything that is great about the kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+DAN	7	27	p5c7	figs-abstractnouns		0	the greatness of the kingdoms	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **greatness**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “great.” Alternate translation: “everything that is great about the kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 DAN	7	27	ry7e	figs-idiom		0	of the kingdoms under the whole heaven	The idiom “under the whole heaven” refers to the kingdoms on earth. Alternate translation: “of all the kingdoms on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	7	27	eti4			0	His kingdom	Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the Most High”
 DAN	7	27	t3ct			0	an everlasting kingdom	Alternate translation: “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
@@ -570,23 +570,23 @@ DAN	8	6	ith5			0	in a powerful rage	Alternate translation: “and it was very an
 DAN	8	7	u36k			0	trampled	to crush something by stepping on it
 DAN	8	7	hh82			0	the ram from his power	Alternate translation: “the ram from the goat because of his power”
 DAN	8	8	kr6f			0	the goat became very large	Alternate translation: “the goat became very large and strong”
-DAN	8	8	pt9j	figs-activepassive		0	the large horn was broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something broke off the large horn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	8	8	pt9j	figs-activepassive		0	the large horn was broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something broke off the large horn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	8	8	z9lm	figs-idiom		0	toward the four winds of the heavens	Here “the four winds of heaven” is an idiom that refers to the four main directions (north, east, south, west) from which the winds blow. Alternate translation: “in four different directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	8	9	ys25			0	but which became very large	Alternate translation: “but it became very large”
 DAN	8	9	i3jg			0	in the south, in the east, and in the land of beauty	This probably means it pointed in those directions. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “and pointed toward the south and then toward the east and then toward the beautiful land of Israel”
 DAN	8	9	umn2	figs-idiom		0	the land of beauty	This is a reference to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	8	10	pkh2	figs-personification		0	It became so large as to engage in war	Here the horn is given qualities of a person and is engaging in war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-DAN	8	10	h6ex	figs-activepassive		0	Some of that army … thrown down to the earth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The horn threw some of that army and some of the stars down to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	8	10	h6ex	figs-activepassive		0	Some of that army … thrown down to the earth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The horn threw some of that army and some of the stars down to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	8	10	iq57	figs-personification		0	it trampled on them	Here the horn is given qualities of a person that tramples on the stars and on the army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 DAN	8	11	akq6	figs-personification		0	General Information:	The horn is given qualities of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 DAN	8	11	x2bs			0	Connecting Statement:	Daniel continues describing his vision of the horn ([Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md)).
 DAN	8	11	r2zz	figs-explicit		0	the commander of the army	This refers to God himself, who is the leader of the angel army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	8	11	i4px			0	It took away from him the regular burnt offering	Here “took away” means the horn stopped the offering. Here “him” refers to God, the commander of the army. Alternate translation: “It stopped the people from making their regular burnt offering to him”
-DAN	8	11	c2s4	figs-activepassive		0	the place of his sanctuary was polluted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it defiled his sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	8	11	c2s4	figs-activepassive		0	the place of his sanctuary was polluted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it defiled his sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	8	12	y31h	figs-metaphor		0	The horn will throw truth down to the ground	The horn ignoring truth and godliness is spoken of as if it will throw truth to the ground. Alternate translation: “The horn will reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	8	13	lj18			0	holy one	Alternate translation: “angel”
 DAN	8	13	b9yz			0	the handing over of the sanctuary	Alternate translation: “the surrender of the sanctuary”
-DAN	8	13	xj3i	figs-activepassive		0	heaven’s army being trampled on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the horn trampling on heaven’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	8	13	xj3i	figs-activepassive		0	heaven’s army being trampled on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the horn trampling on heaven’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	8	14	ed38	translate-numbers		0	2,300 evenings and mornings	“Two thousand three hundred evenings and mornings.” Here “evenings and mornings” is a merism that refers to everything in between, which means full days. Alternate translation: “2,300 sunsets and sunrises” or “2,300 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 DAN	8	14	j3q3			0	the sanctuary will be put right	Alternate translation: “the temple will be purified and set in order again”
 DAN	8	16	h4dz	figs-synecdoche		0	a man’s voice calling between the banks of the Ulai Canal	Here a man is being referred to by his voice. Alternate translation: “a man calling from the Ulai Canal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ DAN	8	27	v7gd			0	I was appalled by the vision	Alternate translation: “I was d
 DAN	9	intro	sz7n			0		# Daniel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
 DAN	9	1	a2ic			0	General Information:	Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
 DAN	9	1	lvl3	writing-background		0	It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians	This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-DAN	9	1	y3g6	figs-activepassive		0	who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	1	y3g6	figs-activepassive		0	who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	1	m6bc			0	over the realm	Alternate translation: “over the country” or “over the kingdom”
 DAN	9	2	h1p2			0	Yahweh	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
 DAN	9	2	y2g1	translate-numbers		0	there would be seventy years until Jerusalem’s abandonment would end	“from the time Jerusalem was destroyed, it would remain in ruins for 70 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -638,20 +638,20 @@ DAN	9	5	fu8v	figs-doublet		0	your commands and decrees	The words “commands”
 DAN	9	6	x5wh	figs-metonymy		0	We have not listened to your servants	Here “not listened” means they did not obey their message. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed the message of your prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	9	6	hp4w	figs-metonymy		0	spoke in your name	Here “name” refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “spoke with your authority” or “spoke as your representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	9	6	et6z			0	the people of the land	Here “land” refers to Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people”
-DAN	9	7	fy69	figs-metaphor		0	To you, Lord, belongs righteousness	Being righteous is spoken of as if “righteousness” were an object that belongs to Yahweh. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “righteous.” Alternate translation: “Lord, you are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-DAN	9	7	x7i6	figs-metaphor		0	To us today, however, belongs shame on our faces—for the people	Being ashamed is spoken of as if “shame” were an object that belongs to people. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **shame**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “But as for us, we are ashamed of what we have done—the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+DAN	9	7	fy69	figs-metaphor		0	To you, Lord, belongs righteousness	Being righteous is spoken of as if “righteousness” were an object that belongs to Yahweh. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **righteousness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “righteous.” Alternate translation: “Lord, you are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+DAN	9	7	x7i6	figs-metaphor		0	To us today, however, belongs shame on our faces—for the people	Being ashamed is spoken of as if “shame” were an object that belongs to people. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **shame**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “But as for us, we are ashamed of what we have done—the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 DAN	9	7	k8fa	figs-exclusive		0	To us today	The word “us” includes Daniel and the Israelites, but it does not include God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 DAN	9	7	kk5y	figs-idiom		0	belongs shame on our faces	This idiom means their shame is visible to all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	9	7	u1gy			0	because of the great treachery that we committed against you	Alternate translation: “because we greatly betrayed you” or “because we were very unfaithful to you”
 DAN	9	9	vqm3	figs-metaphor		0	To the Lord our God belong compassion and forgiveness	Having these traits is spoken of as if they belonged to the Lord. Alternate translation: “The Lord our God is compassionate and forgives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	9	10	kf4g	figs-metonymy		0	We have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh our God	Here “voice” refers to the commands that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed what Yahweh told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	9	11	b68w	figs-idiom		0	turned aside	The words “turned aside” mean that Israel stopped obeying God’s laws. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-DAN	9	11	qk6k	figs-activepassive		0	that are written in the law of Moses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses wrote about in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	9	11	n3rz	figs-metaphor		0	have been poured out on us	The abundance of the curse and the oath are spoken of as if they were poured out like water. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have brought upon us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	11	qk6k	figs-activepassive		0	that are written in the law of Moses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses wrote about in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	11	n3rz	figs-metaphor		0	have been poured out on us	The abundance of the curse and the oath are spoken of as if they were poured out like water. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have brought upon us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	12	n2ng	figs-idiom		0	For under the whole of heaven	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “For in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-DAN	9	12	l46l	figs-activepassive		0	there has not been done anything	“nothing has been done.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing has happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	9	12	vbx2	figs-activepassive		0	what has been done to Jerusalem	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what you have done to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	9	13	c1fb	figs-activepassive		0	As it is written in the law of Moses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	12	l46l	figs-activepassive		0	there has not been done anything	“nothing has been done.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing has happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	12	vbx2	figs-activepassive		0	what has been done to Jerusalem	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what you have done to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	13	c1fb	figs-activepassive		0	As it is written in the law of Moses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	13	sk3z	figs-idiom		0	turning away from our iniquities	Here stopping evil activity is spoken of as turning away from them. Alternate translation: “stopping our evil actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	9	14	dxb5			0	Yahweh has kept the disaster ready	Alternate translation: “Yahweh has prepared this disaster”
 DAN	9	14	up2a	figs-metonymy		0	we have not obeyed his voice	Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “we have not done what he told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ DAN	9	21	m9dw			0	in the vision at the first	This may refer to the first vision
 DAN	9	21	ud8s			0	flew down to me in rapid flight	Alternate translation: “flew down to me quickly”
 DAN	9	21	i2as			0	at the time of the evening sacrifice	The Jewish people sacrificed to God each evening just before the sun went down.
 DAN	9	22	i4uk	figs-doublet		0	insight and understanding	The words “insight” and “understanding” mean the same thing and emphasize that Gabriel will help Daniel to understand the message completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-DAN	9	23	bj8w	figs-activepassive		0	the order was given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	23	bj8w	figs-activepassive		0	the order was given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	23	ke8t			0	consider this word	Alternate translation: “think about this message”
 DAN	9	23	dn8d			0	the revelation	This refers back to the prophesy of Jeremiah in [Daniel 9:2](../09/02.md).
 DAN	9	24	tn7g			0	Seventy sevens are decreed for your people and your holy city to	God decreed that he would do the things in this verse for the people and the holy city.
@@ -691,22 +691,22 @@ DAN	9	25	hg9s			0	and sixty-two sevens	This is not the normal way the Israelites
 DAN	9	25	z58t	figs-doublet		0	Know and understand	These words are used together to make the importance clear. Alternate translation: “You must clearly understand” or “You must know for sure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	9	25	cc6s	translate-symaction		0	the anointed one	Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 DAN	9	25	mg6r			0	seven sevens … and sixty-two sevens	These added together are 69 of the 70 sevens spoken of in verse 24.
-DAN	9	25	tg7z	figs-activepassive		0	Jerusalem will be rebuilt	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	25	tg7z	figs-activepassive		0	Jerusalem will be rebuilt	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	25	gs6w			0	moat	a deep ditch around a city or building, usually with water in it
 DAN	9	25	q3nq			0	the times of distress	Alternate translation: “a time of great trouble”
 DAN	9	26	t9v5			0	sixty-two sevens	This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. See how you translated this number in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “sixty-two times seven”
-DAN	9	26	pru6	figs-activepassive		0	the anointed one will be destroyed and will have nothing	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will destroy the anointed one and he will have nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	26	pru6	figs-activepassive		0	the anointed one will be destroyed and will have nothing	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will destroy the anointed one and he will have nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	26	nzv4			0	the anointed one	Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses”
 DAN	9	26	bn3z			0	a coming ruler	This is a foreign ruler, not “the anointed one.” Alternate translation: “a foreign ruler who will come” or “a powerful ruler who will come”
 DAN	9	26	hpa8	figs-metaphor		0	Its end will come with a flood	The army will destroy the city and the holy place just as a flood destroys things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-DAN	9	26	ite5	figs-activepassive		0	Desolations have been decreed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed ruin for the city and sanctuary” or “God has declared that the enemy army will destroy everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	9	26	ite5	figs-activepassive		0	Desolations have been decreed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed ruin for the city and sanctuary” or “God has declared that the enemy army will destroy everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	9	27	a45k			0	He will … he will	This refers to the coming ruler who will destroy the anointed one.
 DAN	9	27	zqk4			0	one seven … In the middle of the seven	Here “seven” is used to refer to a period of seven years. Alternate translation: “seven years … Halfway through the seven years”
 DAN	9	27	rr1b			0	put an end to	Alternate translation: “stop” or “halt”
 DAN	9	27	jsh2	figs-doublet		0	the sacrifice and the offering	These words basically mean the same thing. The repetition is to show that the ruler will prevent all types of sacrifices. Alternate translation: “all forms of sacrificing” or “every type of offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	9	27	e962	figs-metonymy		0	the wing of abominations	This may refer to the defensive structures on top of the walls of the temple, which are called “abominations” because they are full of idols. Alternate translation: “the walls of the temple that are full of abominations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	9	27	l267			0	someone who makes desolate	Alternate translation: “a person who completely destroys”
-DAN	9	27	i8lk	figs-activepassive		0	A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+DAN	9	27	i8lk	figs-activepassive		0	A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	9	27	x6c9	figs-doublet		0	A full end and destruction	These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 DAN	9	27	t53m			0	the one who has made the desolation	Alternate translation: “the person who caused the destruction”
 DAN	10	intro	rcw2			0		# Daniel 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
@@ -724,8 +724,8 @@ DAN	10	6	e9xc	figs-simile		0	his face was like lightning	His face shone brightly
 DAN	10	6	v1ew	figs-simile		0	His eyes were like flaming torches	His eyes were bright with light as if they were flaming torches. Alternate translation: “his eyes were so bright that it seemed they had torches burning inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 DAN	10	6	ugr5	figs-simile		0	his arms and his feet were like polished bronze	His arms and feet were as shiny as if they were made of polished bronze. Alternate translation: “his arms and feet shone like polished bronze that reflects the light around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 DAN	10	6	vkv7	figs-simile		0	The sound of his words was like the sound of a great crowd	His voice was so loud that it was as if a crowd of people were all talking loudly. Alternate translation: “his voice was as loud as a huge crowd all calling out together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-DAN	10	8	gpj1	figs-activepassive		0	So I was left alone and saw	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one was with me, and I saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	10	8	tiw7	figs-activepassive		0	my bright appearance was turned into a ruined look	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “my bright appearance turned into looking ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	10	8	gpj1	figs-activepassive		0	So I was left alone and saw	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one was with me, and I saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	10	8	tiw7	figs-activepassive		0	my bright appearance was turned into a ruined look	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “my bright appearance turned into looking ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	10	8	pp1z	figs-idiom		0	my bright appearance	This describes the face of someone who is healthy. Alternate translation: “my healthy-looking face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	10	8	fy67	figs-metaphor		0	a ruined look	Someone’s unhealthy, pale face is spoken of as if it were a ruined building. Alternate translation: “pale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	10	9	kc4l	figs-idiom		0	I fell on my face in deep sleep	Possible meanings are: (1) Daniel was so scared by what he saw that he deliberately laid on the ground, where he then fainted or (2) Daniel fainted and then fell forward onto the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ DAN	10	19	w36n	figs-activepassive		0	man greatly treasured	This can also be stat
 DAN	10	19	u5hy	figs-activepassive		0	I was strengthened	This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I became strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	10	20	tku1			0	the prince of Persia	Here “prince” refers to a spirit who rules and guards a human nation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “the spirit prince of Persia”
 DAN	10	21	k4rh	figs-explicit		0	But I will tell you	This implies that the angel will tell Daniel about this immediately, before he goes away. Alternate translation: “But first I will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-DAN	10	21	gx6a	figs-activepassive		0	what is written in the Book of Truth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Book of Truth says” or “what someone wrote in the Book of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	10	21	gx6a	figs-activepassive		0	what is written in the Book of Truth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Book of Truth says” or “what someone wrote in the Book of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	10	21	f6mz			0	who shows himself to be strong	Alternate translation: “who proves himself to be strong”
 DAN	10	21	x9us			0	There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince	Alternate translation: “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
 DAN	10	21	t5rl	figs-you		0	Michael your prince	The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ DAN	11	2	dk4x			0	power	This could mean: (1) authority or (2) military power.
 DAN	11	2	e62r			0	he will stir up everyone	Alternate translation: “he will cause everyone to want to fight”
 DAN	11	3	l9xy	figs-metaphor		0	A mighty king will rise up	The idea of rising up or standing is often used for someone who becomes powerful. Alternate translation: “A mighty king will begin to reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	11	3	xg79			0	who will rule a very great kingdom	This could mean: (1) that the size of this kingdom would be very great, or (2) that the king would rule his kingdom with very great power.
-DAN	11	4	ti9p	figs-activepassive		0	his kingdom will be broken and divided	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his kingdom will break apart and divide” or “his kingdom will break apart into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	11	4	ti9p	figs-activepassive		0	his kingdom will be broken and divided	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his kingdom will break apart and divide” or “his kingdom will break apart into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	11	4	ewb2			0	the four winds of heaven	See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:2](../07/02.md).
 DAN	11	4	v3mc	figs-ellipsis		0	but not to his own descendants	The idea of not being divided and shared out is implied here. Alternate translation: “but it will not be divided for his own descendants” or “but it will not be shared by his own descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 DAN	11	4	a3z5	figs-activepassive		0	his kingdom will be uprooted for others besides his descendants	The kingdom is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone destroyed by uprooting it. This idea can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “another power will uproot and destroy his kingdom and others who are not his descendants will rule over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -810,8 +810,8 @@ DAN	11	20	j9ng	figs-explicit		0	will make a tax collector pass through	The tax c
 DAN	11	20	c17c	figs-metaphor		0	he will be broken	Here “he” refers to the new king. Being broken represents dying. Alternate translation: “the new king will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	11	20	j9t5	figs-metaphor		0	but not in anger	This could mean: (1) no one was angry at the king, or (2) that the occasion and cause of the king’s death were kept secret. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 DAN	11	21	jzb9	figs-activepassive		0	a despised person to whom the people will not have given the honor of royal power	The people will refuse to acknowledge him as king because he is not a descendant of kings. Alternate translation: “a person whom the people will despise and will not honor as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-DAN	11	22	h918	figs-activepassive		0	An army will be swept away like a flood from before him	Being swept away represents being destroyed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His army will completely destroy a great army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-DAN	11	22	pp6n	figs-activepassive		0	Both that army and the leader of the covenant will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He will destroy that army and the leader of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	11	22	h918	figs-activepassive		0	An army will be swept away like a flood from before him	Being swept away represents being destroyed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His army will completely destroy a great army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+DAN	11	22	pp6n	figs-activepassive		0	Both that army and the leader of the covenant will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He will destroy that army and the leader of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	11	22	kdw5			0	the leader of the covenant	“the leader of the priests.” This phrase refers to the person who filled the most important religious position that God required in his covenant, that of the high priest.
 DAN	11	23	ws3q	figs-activepassive		0	From the time an alliance is made with him	This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When other rulers make a peace treaty with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	11	24	ml78			0	will spread among his followers	Alternate translation: “will distribute to his followers”
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ DAN	11	42	w3i4	figs-activepassive		0	the land of Egypt will not be rescued	This
 DAN	11	43	n537	figs-idiom		0	the Libyans and the Cushites will be in his footsteps	Here “footsteps” represent submission. Alternate translation: “the Libyans and the Cushites will have to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	11	43	qp3z	translate-names		0	the Libyans and the Cushites	“the people of Libya and Cush.” Libya is a country west of Egypt, and Cush is a country south of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 DAN	11	44	m79f			0	General Information:	This is still about the king of the North.
-DAN	11	44	et68	figs-abstractnouns		0	he will go out with great rage	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rage**, you could express the same idea with another word such as “angry.” It can be stated clearly that he would go out with his army. Alternate translation: “he will be very angry and will go out” or “he will become very angry and will go out with his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DAN	11	44	et68	figs-abstractnouns		0	he will go out with great rage	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rage**, you can express the same idea with another word such as “angry.” It can be stated clearly that he would go out with his army. Alternate translation: “he will be very angry and will go out” or “he will become very angry and will go out with his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	11	44	n5ju	figs-metonymy		0	go out	To “go out” represents the action of attacking the enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 DAN	11	44	dsf1			0	to set many apart for destruction	Alternate translation: “to destroy many people”
 DAN	11	45	cil2			0	the tent of his royal residence	This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war.
@@ -895,8 +895,8 @@ DAN	11	45	k8sp	figs-metonymy		0	the mountain of the beauty of holiness	This refe
 DAN	12	intro	l8k2			0		# Daniel 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
 DAN	12	1	c4hl			0	Michael, the great prince	Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
 DAN	12	1	svv2	figs-idiom		0	Michael … will rise up	Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael … will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-DAN	12	1	c1ic	figs-activepassive		0	your people will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-DAN	12	1	n3vd	figs-activepassive		0	whose name is found written in the book	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God writes names in the book. Alternate translation: “whose name God has written in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DAN	12	1	c1ic	figs-activepassive		0	your people will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+DAN	12	1	n3vd	figs-activepassive		0	whose name is found written in the book	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God writes names in the book. Alternate translation: “whose name God has written in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	12	2	e327	figs-euphemism		0	those who sleep in the dust of the earth will rise up	The phrase “sleep in the dust of the earth” is another way of referring to those who have died. Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to come back to life. Alternate translation: “those who have died will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 DAN	12	3	yt7b	figs-simile		0	Those who are wise will shine like the brightness of the sky above	This refers to God’s people who will share their wisdom with those around them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 DAN	12	3	g6t2	figs-metaphor		0	those who turn many to righteousness	This refers to those who help others understand that they are separated from God, as if they were changing the direction in which they were going. Alternate translation: “those who teach others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -906,15 +906,15 @@ DAN	12	4	mb3v			0	time of the end	“the final days” or “the end of the worl
 DAN	12	4	krj6	figs-explicit		0	Many will run here and there, and knowledge will increase	This seems to happen before “the time of the end” during which time the book is sealed. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Before that happens, many people will travel here and there, learning more and more about many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 DAN	12	5	q8a8			0	General Information:	Daniel goes on to tell what he saw next in this vision that began in [Daniel 10:1](../10/01.md).
 DAN	12	5	mxu1			0	there were two others standing	Alternate translation: “there were two other angels standing”
-DAN	12	6	d2x2	figs-activepassive		0	the man clothed in linen	This refers to the angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md), not to one of the angels who is standing beside the river. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	12	6	d2x2	figs-activepassive		0	the man clothed in linen	This refers to the angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md), not to one of the angels who is standing beside the river. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	12	6	cw1u			0	upstream along the river	This could mean: (1) the angel clothed in linen was above the river or (2) the angel was further upstream along the river.
 DAN	12	6	x2yz			0	How long will it be to the end of these amazing events?	“How long will these amazing events last?” This refers to the time from the beginning to the end of the events.
 DAN	12	6	g6y7			0	these amazing events	At the time when the angel spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
-DAN	12	7	z28b	figs-activepassive		0	the man clothed in linen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	12	7	z28b	figs-activepassive		0	the man clothed in linen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	12	7	s5j3			0	the one who lives forever	Alternate translation: “God, who lives forever”
 DAN	12	7	i56r			0	it would be for a time, times, and half a time	It is best to leave it ambiguous as to when this begins. If you must choose a starting point, the three and a half years probably start with the events of [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md).
 DAN	12	7	rue1			0	a time, times, and half a time	“three and a half years.” These “times” are generally understood to refer to years. One and two and a half equal three and a half.
-DAN	12	7	fme6	figs-activepassive		0	all these things will be completed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all these things will have happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+DAN	12	7	fme6	figs-activepassive		0	all these things will be completed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all these things will have happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 DAN	12	7	ir93			0	all these things	At the time when the man clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
 DAN	12	8	as7u			0	My master	Daniel refers to the angel clothed in linen as “My master” to show respect to the angel.
 DAN	12	8	cd6n			0	of all these things	At the time when the angel clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
diff --git a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
index 564a53b23a..afe36bf479 100644
--- a/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
@@ -15,17 +15,17 @@ HOS	1	8	r52q	translate-names		0	Lo-Ruhamah	This name means “no mercy.” The t
 HOS	1	9	a6mv	translate-names		0	Lo-Ammi	This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 HOS	1	10	q3ve			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
 HOS	1	10	mc4b	figs-simile		0	like the sand of the seashore	This emphasizes the great number of Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-HOS	1	10	tps4	figs-activepassive		0	which cannot be measured or counted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which no one can measure or count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HOS	1	10	u2at	figs-activepassive		0	It will be that where it was said to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where God said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	1	10	tps4	figs-activepassive		0	which cannot be measured or counted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which no one can measure or count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	1	10	u2at	figs-activepassive		0	It will be that where it was said to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where God said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	1	10	zlv3			0	where it was said to them	This expression probably refers to Jezreel, the city where crimes had been committed by kings of Israel, and which was a symbol of God’s punishment of them.
-HOS	1	10	lb2w	figs-activepassive		0	it will be said to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will say to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HOS	1	11	vlg4	figs-activepassive		0	will be gathered together	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	1	10	lb2w	figs-activepassive		0	it will be said to them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will say to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	1	11	vlg4	figs-activepassive		0	will be gathered together	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	1	11	t1bm			0	go up from the land	This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
 HOS	1	11	b5bz	figs-explicit		0	the day of Jezreel	This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HOS	2	intro	h75z			0		# Hosea 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
 HOS	2	1	qq88			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
 HOS	2	1	if49	figs-exclamations		0	My people!	This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-HOS	2	1	z5an	figs-activepassive		0	You have been shown compassion	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	2	1	z5an	figs-activepassive		0	You have been shown compassion	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	2	1	e5gw			0	compassion	Alternate translation: “kindness” or “mercy”
 HOS	2	2	d1d5			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
 HOS	2	2	t1g6			0	lawsuit	This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ HOS	2	6	n4ve	figs-metaphor		0	Therefore I will build up a hedge to block her way
 HOS	2	7	pk67	figs-metaphor		0	Then she will say, “I will return to my first husband, for it was better for me then than it is now.”	Israel will return to Yahweh not because of their love for him, but because they are disappointed by their worship of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	2	8	i559			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
 HOS	2	9	v55u	figs-metonymy		0	I will take back my wool and flax that were used to cover her nakedness	This probably means that Israel’s harvests and flocks will fail. Yahweh will remove his blessings from Israel, and the people will be left alone and in danger of attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HOS	2	9	rl9d	figs-activepassive		0	were used to cover her nakedness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people used to clothe themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	2	9	rl9d	figs-activepassive		0	were used to cover her nakedness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people used to clothe themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	2	10	fpp3			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
 HOS	2	10	jfc9	figs-metaphor		0	Then I will strip her naked in the sight of her lovers	This means God will humiliate the people of Israel in front of the other nations nearby. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:3](../02/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	2	10	j4bh	figs-metonymy		0	no one will rescue her out of my hand	No one will try to help Israel. Here “hand” refers to God’s power to punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -99,14 +99,14 @@ HOS	4	2	a1s6	figs-metaphor		0	The people have broken all bounds	Here “bounds
 HOS	4	2	i3nt	figs-abstractnouns		0	bloodshed comes after bloodshed	Here “bloodshed” stands for “murder” which often involves making the victim bleed. Alternate translation: “you commit one murder after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	4	3	y9lx			0	So the land is drying up	This expression refers to drought, when no rain falls for a long time.
 HOS	4	3	mp1u			0	wasting away	becoming weak and dying because of sickness or lack of food
-HOS	4	3	m1s9	figs-activepassive		0	are being taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	4	3	m1s9	figs-activepassive		0	are being taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	4	4	xl63			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking about Israel.
 HOS	4	4	gz4e			0	lawsuit	a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law
 HOS	4	4	t69t			0	do not let anyone accuse anyone else	No one should accuse another person of anything because everyone is guilty of something.
 HOS	4	5	j4la	figs-metaphor		0	You priests will stumble	Here “stumble” means to disobey God or even to stop trusting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	4	5	a2zy	figs-metaphor		0	I will destroy your mother	Here “mother” refers to the nation of Israel. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	4	6	qhc8			0	General Information:	In 4:6, Yahweh is talking to the priests about the people of Israel. But in 4:7, he is talking about the priests, not to them. It is possible for the translator to follow the example of the UST, which portrays Yahweh as talking to the priests also in 4:7.
-HOS	4	6	pq57	figs-activepassive		0	My people are being destroyed because of the lack of knowledge	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My people are perishing because you, the priests, have not properly taught them about me so that they will obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	4	6	pq57	figs-activepassive		0	My people are being destroyed because of the lack of knowledge	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My people are perishing because you, the priests, have not properly taught them about me so that they will obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	4	6	j1k4	figs-explicit		0	knowledge	Here “knowledge” refers to the knowledge of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HOS	4	7	g6wy	figs-metonymy		0	They exchanged their honor for shame	This could mean: (1) “honor” is a metonym that represents Yahweh, and “shame” is a metonym that represents idols. Alternate translation: “They have stopped worshiping me, their honorable God, and now worship shameful idols” or (2) some Bible versions translate this as “I will exchange their honor for shame.” This means Yahweh will take away the things which the priests honor and cause the priests to be ashamed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	4	8	ajz2	figs-explicit		0	They feed on the sin of my people	When people sinned, they would offer sacrifices so God would forgive them. The priests were allowed to eat these sacrifices. The priests eating these sacrifices for sin is spoken of as if they would actually feed on the people’s sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ HOS	5	9	n3pe			0	Among the tribes of Israel I have declared what is certain to h
 HOS	5	10	x6j7			0	General Information:	Yahweh is talking about Judah and Israel.
 HOS	5	10	jdz8	figs-simile		0	The leaders of Judah are like those who move a boundary stone	To “move a boundary stone” refers to moving the landmark that marked the border of some property, which was a crime under Israelite law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 HOS	5	10	wbd7	figs-metaphor		0	I will pour my wrath on them like water	Yahweh’s wrath against Judah will be like a large stream of water that destroys them. In the scriptures, emotions and moral qualities are often spoken of as if they were liquids. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HOS	5	11	x64t	figs-parallelism		0	Ephraim is crushed; he is crushed in judgment	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This statement is made twice for emphasis. Here “Ephraim” refers to the people of the northern kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: “I will punish the people of Israel severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	5	11	x64t	figs-parallelism		0	Ephraim is crushed; he is crushed in judgment	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This statement is made twice for emphasis. Here “Ephraim” refers to the people of the northern kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: “I will punish the people of Israel severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	5	11	f3tb	figs-metaphor		0	walked after idols	Here “walked” represents the idea of worshiping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	5	11	ww39			0	idols	The Hebrew word translated here as “idols” is uncertain in its meaning, and is translated by modern versions in many different ways.
 HOS	5	12	jy1j			0	General Information:	Yahweh is talking about Judah and Israel.
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ HOS	6	9	drp6			0	the priests band together to commit murder on the way to Sheche
 HOS	6	10	k436			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	6	10	tac2	figs-metonymy		0	Ephraim’s prostitution	Here “prostitution” refers to Ephraim’s worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	6	10	f2vh			0	Israel has become unclean	Israel has become unacceptable to God because of her actions.
-HOS	6	11	c9zv	figs-activepassive		0	For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	6	11	c9zv	figs-activepassive		0	For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	6	11	nid7	figs-metaphor		0	harvest	Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	6	11	hag4			0	fortunes	prosperity and security
 HOS	7	intro	yc44			0		# Hosea 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ HOS	7	2	t9av	figs-metaphor		0	their deeds surround them	The people’s evil deed
 HOS	7	2	h9mh	figs-synecdoche		0	they are before my face	Here God is represented by his “face” which emphasizes his presence and awareness. Alternate translation: “and I see it all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 HOS	7	3	aq6w			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking. The Hebrew text is not clear in various places. However, many people interpret it as describing the royal officials as being unfaithful to God, and also as planning to assassinate the king, and then carrying out their plans. This seems to have happened more than once. These crimes are mentioned as illustrations of the wickedness into which the nation has sunk.
 HOS	7	4	ccn2	figs-metaphor		0	They are all adulterers	The people committed spiritual adultery by worshiping idols and being unfaithful to Yahweh. They were probably also being unfaithful to their husbands or wives by sleeping with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HOS	7	4	q95b	figs-simile		0	like an oven heated by the baker	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This means the people had strong desires to do evil. Alternate translation: “like an oven which the baker heats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	7	4	q95b	figs-simile		0	like an oven heated by the baker	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This means the people had strong desires to do evil. Alternate translation: “like an oven which the baker heats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	7	4	pvh6			0	kneading of the dough	This is a part of the process of making bread.
 HOS	7	5	h9ht			0	On the day of our king	This is perhaps a festival held by the king.
 HOS	7	5	zte7	figs-idiom		0	He reached out with his hand	This probably means to unite or join with someone. It may mean that the king joins with his officials to mock things or people that should not be mocked, even God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ HOS	7	7	b2nn	figs-simile		0	They all are as hot as an oven	This compares their a
 HOS	7	7	z8ny	figs-metaphor		0	they devour those who rule over them	This seems to mean that the court officials kill their kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	7	8	a6qy			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	7	8	lqx6			0	Ephraim mixes himself among the peoples	This is probably a reference to the efforts made by the northern kingdom’s kings to ally themselves with other nations for protection against attack.
-HOS	7	8	q1ji	figs-synecdoche		0	Ephraim is a flat cake that has not been turned over	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Here “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. The nation is weak, as flat bread that has not been doubled over in the oven by the baker for more strength. Alternate translation: “The people of Ephraim are like a cake that no one has turned over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	7	8	q1ji	figs-synecdoche		0	Ephraim is a flat cake that has not been turned over	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Here “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. The nation is weak, as flat bread that has not been doubled over in the oven by the baker for more strength. Alternate translation: “The people of Ephraim are like a cake that no one has turned over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	7	9	qt4k	figs-metonymy		0	Gray hairs are sprinkled on him	Here “gray hairs” represent old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	7	9	qta1	figs-metaphor		0	but he does not know it	However, this “old age” is clearly a way of saying that the northern kingdom is getting weaker and weaker, because the nation does not know it is “old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	7	10	i323			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
@@ -245,14 +245,14 @@ HOS	7	15	kf6z	figs-metaphor		0	Though I trained them and strengthened their arms
 HOS	7	16	k39m			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	7	16	r57a	figs-simile		0	They are like a slack bow	That is, a bow that has no bowstring, or that has no tension. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 HOS	7	16	q25q	figs-metonymy		0	because of the insolence of their tongues	Here “tongue” refers to what the officials say. Alternate translation: “because they insult me” or “because they curse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HOS	7	16	r7lt	figs-abstractnouns		0	This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **mockery**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+HOS	7	16	r7lt	figs-abstractnouns		0	This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **mockery**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 HOS	8	intro	sj97			0		# Hosea 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
 HOS	8	1	iyy7			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking about the coming of the Assyrian army to attack the northern kingdom.
 HOS	8	1	rq62	figs-metaphor		0	An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh	The eagle, a bird of prey, is sometimes used to represent the enemies of Israel. Alternate translation: “As an eagle hunts another animal, the enemies of Israel are coming to capture my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	8	1	tc1q	figs-metaphor		0	broken my covenant	Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	8	2	hq2r			0	know you	Alternate translation: “are faithful to you”
 HOS	8	4	hqd2			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
-HOS	8	4	h5ag	figs-activepassive		0	but it was only so they might be cut off	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the result will be that I will destroy the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	8	4	h5ag	figs-activepassive		0	but it was only so they might be cut off	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the result will be that I will destroy the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	8	5	p53a	figs-123person		0	Your calf has been rejected	This could mean: (1) this is the prophet speaking. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has rejected your calf” or (2) Yahweh is speaking. Alternate translation: “I myself have rejected your calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 HOS	8	5	xu7a	figs-metonymy		0	Your calf	The people worshiped an idol that looked like a calf, so Yahweh is speaking of their worship as if it were the calf itself. Alternate translation: “Because you worship your calf idol, your worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	8	5	k9n8	figs-metaphor		0	My anger is burning against these people	Anger is often spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “I am very angry with these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ HOS	8	7	hpc6	figs-metaphor		0	For the people sow the wind and reap the whirlwind
 HOS	8	7	ehs7	figs-idiom		0	The standing grain has no heads	Here “head” refers to the part of the plant where the grain is. A stalk with no head has nothing to give to the farmer. In the same way, Israel’s actions will result in nothing good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 HOS	8	7	m4n5	figs-metaphor		0	If it does come to maturity, foreigners will devour it	If any of Israel’s actions do happen to result in something good, Israel’s enemies will come and take it from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	8	8	vk5d			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
-HOS	8	8	qfd6	figs-metaphor		0	Israel is swallowed up	“swallowed” means to be defeated and taken into exile. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemies of Israel have taken the Israelites away to other lands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	8	8	qfd6	figs-metaphor		0	Israel is swallowed up	“swallowed” means to be defeated and taken into exile. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemies of Israel have taken the Israelites away to other lands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	8	9	byr1	figs-simile		0	like a wild donkey all alone	People often think of donkeys as being stubborn. This means the people of Israel refused to listen to Yahweh but instead went to the people of Assyria for help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 HOS	8	9	s8b5	figs-metaphor		0	Ephraim has hired lovers for herself	Ephraim’s alliances with other nations are spoken of as if they had paid them to become prostitutes for Ephraim. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel have tried to pay other nations to protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	8	10	inw9			0	because of the oppression of the king of princes	That is, because the Assyrian king, also called “the Great King,” will make the people suffer.
@@ -333,12 +333,12 @@ HOS	10	4	qxu4	figs-metaphor		0	So justice springs up like poisonous weeds in the
 HOS	10	4	pk52	figs-simile		0	like poisonous weeds in the furrows of a field	Their lies and injustice spread throughout their nation and harm everyone like poisonous plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 HOS	10	5	yyw7			0	General Information:	Hosea is speaking about Israel.
 HOS	10	5	ete5	translate-names		0	Beth Aven	This was a city on the border between the northern kingdom of Israel and the tribe of Benjamin in the southern kingdom. See how you translated this in [Hosea 4:15](../04/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-HOS	10	6	w5gu	figs-activepassive		0	They will be carried to Assyria	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will carry them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-HOS	10	6	lfq9	figs-doublet		0	Ephraim will be disgraced, and Israel will be ashamed of its idol	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel will be very ashamed because they had worshiped idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	10	6	w5gu	figs-activepassive		0	They will be carried to Assyria	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will carry them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	10	6	lfq9	figs-doublet		0	Ephraim will be disgraced, and Israel will be ashamed of its idol	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel will be very ashamed because they had worshiped idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	10	6	uvj4			0	its idol	Many versions interpret the Hebrew word in this passage as “advice,” “plans,” or “intentions.”
-HOS	10	7	a35s	figs-activepassive		0	Samaria’s king will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will destroy the king of Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	10	7	a35s	figs-activepassive		0	Samaria’s king will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will destroy the king of Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	10	7	ci5d	figs-simile		0	like a chip of wood on the surface of the water	This means the king of Samaria will be as helpless as a small piece of wood that waves of the water toss back and forth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-HOS	10	8	jvt8	figs-activepassive		0	The high places of wickedness will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will destroy Israel’s high places, where the people acted very wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	10	8	jvt8	figs-activepassive		0	The high places of wickedness will be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Assyrians will destroy Israel’s high places, where the people acted very wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	10	8	u7pp	figs-apostrophe		0	The people will say to the mountains, “Cover us!” and to the hills, “Fall on us!”	People do not normally speak to things that cannot think or hear them. Translators may choose to have a different format for this passage if their languages do not allow such speech. Alternate translation: “The people will say, ‘We wish the mountains would cover us!’ and ‘We wish the hills would fall on us!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 HOS	10	9	qgp5			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	10	9	v7l6			0	days of Gibeah	This is probably a reference to the shocking actions of the tribe of Benjamin recounted in Judges 19-21. See how you translated this in [Hosea 9:9](../09/09.md).
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ HOS	11	intro	b7ac			0		# Hosea 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatti
 HOS	11	1	h8vd			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child.
 HOS	11	1	w4nm	figs-metaphor		0	When Israel was a young man	Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	11	1	y9f3	figs-metaphor		0	I called my son out of Egypt	“son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-HOS	11	2	imw3	figs-activepassive		0	The more they were called, the more they went away from me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The more I called them to be my people, the more they refused me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	11	2	imw3	figs-activepassive		0	The more they were called, the more they went away from me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The more I called them to be my people, the more they refused me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	11	3	w384			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking about how he cared for Israel.
 HOS	11	3	mgr5	figs-metaphor		0	it was I who taught Ephraim to walk	Yahweh refers to Israel as a small child whom he taught to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	11	3	b3fi			0	lifted them up by their arms	This expression continues the metaphor. Alternate translation: “took care of them”
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ HOS	11	8	nmr7	figs-rquestion		0	How can I give you up, Ephraim? How can I hand y
 HOS	11	8	nb87	figs-rquestion		0	How can I make you like Admah? How can I make you like Zeboyim?	Yahweh loves his people so much that he will not totally destroy them. These questions may be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “I do not want to act toward you as I acted toward Admah or make you like Zeboyim—cities that I destroyed along with Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 HOS	11	8	s6u1	figs-metonymy		0	My heart has changed within me	Here “heart” represents God’s will and decisions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	11	9	que5			0	For I am God and not a man	God is not like people, who often decide very quickly to take revenge.
-HOS	11	9	xmy1	figs-abstractnouns		0	I will not come in wrath	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wrath**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “angry.” Alternate translation: “I will not come to you and be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+HOS	11	9	xmy1	figs-abstractnouns		0	I will not come in wrath	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wrath**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “angry.” Alternate translation: “I will not come to you and be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 HOS	11	10	k7zh			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking about when he will restore his people.
 HOS	11	10	ge5v	figs-metaphor		0	They will follow Yahweh	Worshiping and honoring Yahweh is spoken of as if it were following him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	11	10	ct2q	figs-simile		0	he will roar like a lion	Yahweh making it possible for his people to return to his land is spoken of as if he were calling to his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ HOS	12	3	dr1v			0	General Information:	Hosea the prophet is speaking about Jacob
 HOS	12	3	v8bh	figs-explicit		0	In the womb Jacob grasped his brother by the heel	Jacob wanted to take his brother’s place as the firstborn, so he tried to keep his brother from being born first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HOS	12	4	s9n9	figs-explicit		0	He struggled with the angel and won	Jacob fought with an angel so that the angel would bless him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HOS	12	5	j2gg			0	General Information:	Hosea the prophet is speaking.
-HOS	12	5	cy44	figs-activepassive		0	is his name to be called on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Here “name” represents the entire character of God. Alternate translation: “is his name to which we pray” or “is his name by which we worship him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+HOS	12	5	cy44	figs-activepassive		0	is his name to be called on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Here “name” represents the entire character of God. Alternate translation: “is his name to which we pray” or “is his name by which we worship him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HOS	12	6	guk8			0	Keep covenantal faithfulness and justice	This refers to obeying God’s law and doing what is right.
 HOS	12	7	h5jj			0	General Information:	Hosea the prophet is speaking about Israel.
 HOS	12	7	n12e			0	false scales	The merchants use scales that do not accurately measure the weight of the money or products they are buying or selling.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ HOS	13	1	nqg7	figs-metaphor		0	but he became guilty because of Baal worship, and
 HOS	13	2	rtl5			0	Now they sin more and more	Here “they” refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the entire nation of Israel, who followed Ephraim’s example.
 HOS	13	2	q78p	figs-explicit		0	These men who sacrifice kiss calves	Part of idol worship was kissing idol figures that were images of calves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HOS	13	3	jbj2	figs-simile		0	So they will be like the morning clouds … like the dew … like the chaff … like smoke out of a chimney	These expressions state that Israel is temporary and will soon disappear if they continue to worship idols instead of following Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-HOS	13	3	l2kj	figs-activepassive		0	that is driven by the wind away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the wind blows away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	13	3	l2kj	figs-activepassive		0	that is driven by the wind away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the wind blows away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	13	4	k7l1			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking of his people as if they had been a flock of sheep that he found wandering in the wilderness. He says that he claimed them there for his own.
 HOS	13	5	gbf1			0	I knew you in the wilderness	Yahweh claimed the Hebrew people as his own special people, and he took care of them there.
 HOS	13	6	nkz8			0	When you had pasture, then you became full	The image of sheep is continued with this expression.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ HOS	13	6	cq2p	figs-metaphor		0	your heart became lifted up	Becoming arrogant is
 HOS	13	7	x7c5			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	13	7	tq4b	figs-simile		0	like a lion … like a leopard	These are wild animals that attack and kill other animals. Yahweh continues to say that he will destroy his people for their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 HOS	13	8	y1e5	figs-simile		0	as a bear … as a lion … as a wild beast	These are wild animals that attack and kill other animals. Yahweh continues to say that he will destroy his people for their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-HOS	13	8	ft6g	figs-ellipsis		0	as a bear that is robbed of her cubs	The words “would attack” are left out because they are understood. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a bear would attack an animal that takes her cubs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HOS	13	8	ft6g	figs-ellipsis		0	as a bear that is robbed of her cubs	The words “would attack” are left out because they are understood. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a bear would attack an animal that takes her cubs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HOS	13	8	bl6f	figs-ellipsis		0	as a lion	The words “would devour them” are left out because they are understood. Alternate translation: “as a lion would devour them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 HOS	13	9	jdv7			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	13	9	k6kg	figs-rquestion		0	who will be able to help you?	Yahweh uses a question to emphasize that no one will be able to help the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “there will be no on able to help you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ HOS	13	13	b6hn	figs-metaphor		0	but he is an unwise son, for when it is time to
 HOS	13	14	yv5m			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	13	14	q1qb	figs-rquestion		0	Will I rescue them from the hand of Sheol? Will I rescue them from death?	Yahweh uses these questions to tell the people of Israel that he is not going to save them from dying. He will certainly punish them. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not rescue them from death and from going down to Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 HOS	13	14	iq7j	figs-personification		0	Where, death, are your plagues? Where, Sheol, is your destruction?	Yahweh speaks to “death” and “Sheol” as if they were people. Yahweh uses questions to say that he will destroy the people soon. Alternate translation: “Now I will cause plagues and let the people of Israel die. I will destroy them and send them to Sheol.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-HOS	13	14	zq3t	figs-metaphor		0	Compassion is hidden from my eyes	Not to think about having compassion is spoken of as if compassion were hidden so that it cannot be seen. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **compassion**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “I have no compassion for them” or “I will not be compassionate towards them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+HOS	13	14	zq3t	figs-metaphor		0	Compassion is hidden from my eyes	Not to think about having compassion is spoken of as if compassion were hidden so that it cannot be seen. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **compassion**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “I have no compassion for them” or “I will not be compassionate towards them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 HOS	13	15	w2sd			0	General Information:	Hosea the prophet is speaking.
 HOS	13	15	r777	figs-metaphor		0	his brothers	This expression seems to stand for the nations around the northern kingdom, especially Judah, the southern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	13	15	nj8n	figs-metaphor		0	an east wind will come; the wind of Yahweh	A wind from the east was very hot and destructive. Here it refers to the armies from the east that Yahweh will send to destroy the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ HOS	14	2	xcc8	figs-metonymy		0	the fruit of our lips	What a person says is calle
 HOS	14	3	r5m5			0	General Information:	Hosea is speaking
 HOS	14	3	xvt4	figs-synecdoche		0	to the work of our hands	Here people are represented by their “hands” to refer to the people making things. Alternate translation: “to the idols we made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 HOS	14	3	y9ak			0	the fatherless person	This expression stands perhaps for the entire nation. It indicates God’s enormous compassion for his people.
-HOS	14	3	mh3w	figs-abstractnouns		0	finds compassion	Here the act of God having compassion is spoken of as if it were an object that someone experiencing that compassion had found. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **compassion**, you could express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “finds one who is compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+HOS	14	3	mh3w	figs-abstractnouns		0	finds compassion	Here the act of God having compassion is spoken of as if it were an object that someone experiencing that compassion had found. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **compassion**, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: “finds one who is compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 HOS	14	4	j8i4			0	General Information:	Yahweh is speaking.
 HOS	14	4	x6kz	figs-metaphor		0	I will heal their turning away	Stopping the people from turning away from God is spoken of as if he were healing them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HOS	14	4	e5gg	figs-metaphor		0	their turning away	The failure of the people to obey God is spoken of as if they had physically turned away from him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
index 0ba602733d..409b62fde1 100644
--- a/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ JOL	1	13	uv6d			0	General Information:	God speaks to the priests in Israel
 JOL	1	13	w9cv		מִנְחָ֥ה וָ⁠נָֽסֶךְ	1	the grain offering and the drink offering	regular offerings in the temple
 JOL	1	14	z8ne		בֵּ֖ית יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם	1	the house of Yahweh your God	the temple in Jerusalem
 JOL	1	15	q895			0	General Information:	This is what God is telling the priests to say.
-JOL	1	15	u6hs	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠כְ⁠שֹׁ֖ד מִ⁠שַׁדַּ֥י יָבֽוֹא	1	With it will come destruction from the Almighty	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “destroy.” You may need to make explicit what it is the Almighty will destroy. Alternate translation: “On that day the Almighty will destroy his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JOL	1	15	u6hs	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠כְ⁠שֹׁ֖ד מִ⁠שַׁדַּ֥י יָבֽוֹא	1	With it will come destruction from the Almighty	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “destroy.” You may need to make explicit what it is the Almighty will destroy. Alternate translation: “On that day the Almighty will destroy his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JOL	1	16	yv6d	figs-ellipsis	הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא נֶ֥גֶד עֵינֵ֖י⁠נוּ אֹ֣כֶל נִכְרָ֑ת מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ שִׂמְחָ֥ה וָ⁠גִֽיל	1	Has not food been cut off from before our eyes, and joy and gladness from the house of our God?	It is certain that destruction will come from the Almighty because these things have already happened. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “We know this is true because we have already seen the Almighty cut off our supply of food, and he has cut off joy and gladness from the house of our God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JOL	1	16	r8wr	figs-synecdoche	נֶ֥גֶד עֵינֵ֖י⁠נוּ	1	from before our eyes	“from us.” This refers to all of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JOL	1	16	f1eb	figs-ellipsis	מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ שִׂמְחָ֥ה וָ⁠גִֽיל	1	joy and gladness from the house of our God	You may need to fill in the ellipsis. Alternate translation: “joy and gladness have been cut off from the house of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ JOL	2	11	tzv4	figs-hendiadys	גָד֧וֹל…וְ⁠נוֹרָ֥א מְאֹ֖ד
 JOL	2	11	vht4	figs-rquestion	וּ⁠מִ֥י יְכִילֶֽ⁠נּוּ	1	Who can survive it?	If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one will be strong enough to survive Yahweh’s judgment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOL	2	12	d1i9	figs-metonymy	שֻׁ֥בוּ עָדַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־לְבַבְ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	Return to me with all your heart	The heart is a metonym for what the person thinks and loves. Alternate translation: “Turn away from your sins and be totally devoted to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JOL	2	13	d1sf	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠קִרְע֤וּ לְבַבְ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠אַל־בִּגְדֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	Tear your heart and not only your garments	The heart is a metonym for what the person thinks and loves. Tearing one’s clothes is an outward act of shame or repentance. Alternate translation: “Change your way of thinking; do not just tear your garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JOL	2	13	wfp5	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֔סֶד	1	abundant in covenant faithfulness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “always faithful to his covenant” or “always loves faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JOL	2	13	wfp5	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠רַב־חֶ֔סֶד	1	abundant in covenant faithfulness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful” or “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “always faithful to his covenant” or “always loves faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JOL	2	13	e3gw		וְ⁠נִחָ֖ם עַל	1	turn from	stop
 JOL	2	14	a2av	figs-rquestion	יָשׁ֣וּב וְ⁠נִחָ֑ם וְ⁠הִשְׁאִ֤יר אַֽחֲרָי⁠ו֙ בְּרָכָ֔ה מִנְחָ֣ה וָ⁠נֶ֔סֶךְ לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶֽם	1	Will he perhaps turn … God?	If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Perhaps Yahweh will turn from his anger … God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JOL	2	14	xys3		וְ⁠הִשְׁאִ֤יר אַֽחֲרָי⁠ו֙ בְּרָכָ֔ה מִנְחָ֣ה וָ⁠נֶ֔סֶךְ	1	leave a blessing behind him, a grain offering and a drink offering	“leave behind him a blessing—that is, a grain offering and a drink offering.” The blessing is that plenty of grain and grapes will ripen, and so the people will be able to offer grain and drink offerings.
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ JOL	3	13	tz4a	figs-metaphor	בֹּ֤אֽוּ רְדוּ֙ כִּֽי־מָ֣לְ
 JOL	3	13	haw5	figs-metaphor	הֵשִׁ֨יקוּ֙ הַ⁠יְקָבִ֔ים כִּ֥י רַבָּ֖ה רָעָתָֽ⁠ם	1	The vats overflow, for their wickedness is enormous	Yahweh speaks of the nations’ wickedness as if it were the juice that flows from the winepress into storage containers, and more juice flows into the vats than they can contain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JOL	3	14	y2ge		הֲמוֹנִ֣ים הֲמוֹנִ֔ים	1	a tumult, a tumult	A tumult is noise caused by a large crowd. This is repeated to show that it will be very noisy from all the people.
 JOL	3	14	r3ir		בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הֶֽ⁠חָר֑וּץ…בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הֶ⁠חָרֽוּץ	1	Valley of Judgment … Valley of Judgment	This phrase is repeated to show that the judgment will certainly happen.
-JOL	3	14	fq2i	figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הֶֽ⁠חָר֑וּץ	1	Valley of Judgment	There is no known place with this name. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “judge.” Alternate translation: “Valley Where Yahweh Judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JOL	3	14	fq2i	figs-abstractnouns	בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הֶֽ⁠חָר֑וּץ	1	Valley of Judgment	There is no known place with this name. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **judgment**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “judge.” Alternate translation: “Valley Where Yahweh Judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JOL	3	16	fj29			1	General Information:	Yahweh begins speaking in verse 17.
 JOL	3	16	fe1r	figs-parallelism	וַ⁠יהוָ֞ה מִ⁠צִּיּ֣וֹן יִשְׁאָ֗ג וּ⁠מִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ יִתֵּ֣ן קוֹל֔⁠וֹ	1	Yahweh will roar from Zion, and raise his voice from Jerusalem	Both phrases mean Yahweh will shout with a loud, clear and powerful voice from Jerusalem. If your language only has one word for speaking very loudly, this can be used as one phrase. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will shout from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JOL	3	16	yr8u	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠יהוָ֞ה…יִשְׁאָ֗ג	1	Yahweh will roar	This could mean: (1) “Yahweh will roar like a lion” or (2) “Yahweh will roar like thunder.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -152,6 +152,6 @@ JOL	3	19	la92		מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לִ⁠שְׁמָמָ֣ה תִֽהְיֶ֔
 JOL	3	19	au36		וֶ⁠אֱד֕וֹם לְ⁠מִדְבַּ֥ר שְׁמָמָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶ֑ה	1	Edom will become an abandoned wilderness	Alternate translation: “Everyone will leave Edom and it will look like no people have ever lived there”
 JOL	3	19	c2r8		מֵֽ⁠חֲמַס֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה	1	because of the violence done to the people of Judah	Alternate translation: “because of the violent things Egypt and Edom did to the people of Judah”
 JOL	3	19	t6ay	figs-metonymy	אֲשֶׁר־שָׁפְכ֥וּ דָם־נָקִ֖יא בְּ⁠אַרְצָֽ⁠ם	1	because they shed innocent blood in their land	The word “they” refers to “Edom” and “Egypt” and is a metonym for the people of Egypt and Edom. The words “innocent blood” are a metonym for innocent people whom they have killed. Alternate translation: “because the people of Egypt and the people of Edom killed innocent people in the land of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JOL	3	20	gi4z	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠יהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠עוֹלָ֣ם תֵּשֵׁ֑ב	1	Judah will be inhabited forever	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will live in Judah forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JOL	3	20	f72t	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם לְ⁠ד֥וֹר וָ⁠דֽוֹר	1	Jerusalem will be inhabited from generation to generation	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “generation after generation, people will live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JOL	3	20	gi4z	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠יהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠עוֹלָ֣ם תֵּשֵׁ֑ב	1	Judah will be inhabited forever	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will live in Judah forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JOL	3	20	f72t	figs-activepassive	וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם לְ⁠ד֥וֹר וָ⁠דֽוֹר	1	Jerusalem will be inhabited from generation to generation	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “generation after generation, people will live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JOL	3	21	dj9s	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠נִקֵּ֖יתִי דָּמָ֣⁠ם לֹֽא־נִקֵּ֑יתִי	1	I will avenge their blood that I have not yet avenged	Blood is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “I will punish the enemies who killed the people of Israel and still have not been punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
diff --git a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
index 7ef21643c1..157d69a612 100644
--- a/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 AMO	front	intro	ih42			0		# Introduction to Amos<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br>    * The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br>    * The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br>    * The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
 AMO	1	intro	v72p			0		# Amos 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 AMO	1	1	zsg5	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-AMO	1	1	e8f1	figs-activepassive		0	These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	1	1	e8f1	figs-activepassive		0	These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	1	1	qz81			0	These are the things	Alternate translation: “This is the message”
 AMO	1	1	a358	translate-names		0	in Tekoa	“Tekoa” is the name of a town or village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-AMO	1	1	t6dv	figs-activepassive		0	He received these things	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave him these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	1	1	t6dv	figs-activepassive		0	He received these things	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave him these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	1	1	ffc4	figs-idiom		0	in the days of Uzziah king of Judah, and also in the days of Jeroboam son of Joash king of Israel	The words “in the days of” is an idiom and refers to the time when each king reigned. Alternate translation: “when Uzziah was king of Judah, and also when Jeroboam son of Joash was king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 AMO	1	1	vmr4	figs-explicit		0	two years before the earthquake	The assumed knowledge is that the original hearers would be aware of when a large earthquake had affected the area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 AMO	1	2	x1sx	figs-parallelism		0	Yahweh will roar from Zion; he will raise his voice from Jerusalem	These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that Yahweh shouts loudly as he prepares to judge the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ AMO	1	14	i3cd	figs-metaphor		0	it will devour the palaces	Here Yahweh’s judgme
 AMO	1	14	hpu5	figs-metaphor		0	with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind	The fighting against the people of Ammon is spoken of as if it were a violent storm. Alternate translation: “and the fighting will be like a great storm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 AMO	1	14	xh9x			0	tempest … whirlwind	These are two kinds of violent storms.
 AMO	1	14	zf7h			0	whirlwind	a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
-AMO	1	15	s4xt	figs-abstractnouns		0	Their king will go into captivity	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **captivity**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	1	15	s4xt	figs-abstractnouns		0	Their king will go into captivity	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **captivity**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	2	intro	ibd6			0		# Amos 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 AMO	2	1	g1vl			0	For three sins of … even for four	This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md).
 AMO	2	1	uc48	figs-metonymy		0	Moab	This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ AMO	2	7	fx7m	figs-nominaladj		0	the poor	This refers to poor people in general.
 AMO	2	7	q5bc	figs-idiom		0	they push the oppressed away	This idiom means they refused to listen when the oppressed people said they were being treated unfairly (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 AMO	2	7	lck3	figs-nominaladj		0	the oppressed	This refers to oppressed people in general. Alternate translation: “oppressed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 AMO	2	7	jl29	figs-euphemism		0	go in to the same girl	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “hav sexual relations with the same girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-AMO	2	8	r53c	figs-activepassive		0	those who were fined	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who they made to pay a penalty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	2	8	r53c	figs-activepassive		0	those who were fined	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who they made to pay a penalty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	2	9	m3ct			0	General Information:	The words “them” and “you” in these verses both refer to the people of Israel.
 AMO	2	9	b98b			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues his message of judgment on the people of Israel.
 AMO	2	9	f6cf	figs-hyperbole		0	whose height was like the height of cedars; he was strong as the oaks	This is an exaggeration. It describes how tall and strong the Amorite people were and compares them to the tallest and strongest trees in that region. Alternate translation: “who were tall and strong like great trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ AMO	2	9	b3lg	figs-idiom		0	Yet I destroyed his fruit above and his roots below	H
 AMO	2	11	xf7b			0	General Information:	The words “your” and “you” in these verses refer to the people of Israel.
 AMO	2	11	d8dg			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues his message of judgment on the people of Israel.
 AMO	2	11	yd3w			0	raised up	Alternate translation: “appointed”
-AMO	2	11	hfp4	figs-activepassive		0	Is it not so, people of Israel?	Yahweh asks this question to emphasize what he has said. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You people of Israel certainly know that what I have said is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	2	11	hfp4	figs-activepassive		0	Is it not so, people of Israel?	Yahweh asks this question to emphasize what he has said. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You people of Israel certainly know that what I have said is true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	2	11	ar32	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 AMO	2	13	gch1			0	General Information:	The word “you” in these verses refers to the people of Israel.
 AMO	2	13	kk7s			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues his message of judgment on the people of Israel.
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ AMO	3	8	ext3	figs-rquestion		0	The Lord Yahweh has spoken; who will not prophesy
 AMO	3	9	lte7			0	Assemble yourselves	This command is to Israel’s enemies in Ashdod and Egypt.
 AMO	3	9	qpm1	figs-personification		0	see what great confusion is in her	The word “her” refers to the city of Samaria. Cities were often spoken of as if they were women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 AMO	3	9	s3x8	figs-explicit		0	what great confusion is in her	Here “great confusion is in her” refers to people’s fear because of the fighting and rioting there. The word “confusion” can be translated with a verbal phrase to make this meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “how the people in Samaria riot” or “how the people in Samaria fight against one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-AMO	3	9	w5vx	figs-abstractnouns		0	what oppression is in her	Here “oppression is in her” refers to leaders in Samaria oppressing the people. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **oppress**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “oppress” or “cause to suffer.” Alternate translation: “how the leaders oppress people” or “and how they cause people to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+AMO	3	9	w5vx	figs-abstractnouns		0	what oppression is in her	Here “oppression is in her” refers to leaders in Samaria oppressing the people. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **oppress**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “oppress” or “cause to suffer.” Alternate translation: “how the leaders oppress people” or “and how they cause people to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 AMO	3	10	qk73			0	For they do not know how to do right	The word “they” refers to the people of Samaria.
 AMO	3	10	v5xa	figs-metonymy		0	They store up violence and destruction	Here “violence and destruction” represent things they have taken by being violent and destructive. Alternate translation: “They store up things that they have violently stolen from others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	3	11	zag9	figs-explicit		0	Therefore, this is what the Lord Yahweh says	It can be stated clearly who God was saying this to. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this is what the Lord Yahweh says to the people of Israel living in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ AMO	3	13	u9dn	figs-metonymy		0	the house of Jacob	The word “house” is a meto
 AMO	3	13	tw5j	figs-123person		0	this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated the similar phrase “this is Yahweh’s declaration” in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 AMO	3	14	agr5			0	in the day that I punish the sins of Israel	Alternate translation: “when I punish the sins of Israel”
 AMO	3	14	z44y	figs-metonymy		0	I will also punish the altars of Bethel	People sinned against God by worshiping false gods at their altars. Here “punish the altars” represents punishing the people by destroying their altars. Alternate translation: “I will also destroy the altars at Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-AMO	3	14	cy5d	figs-activepassive		0	The horns of the altar will be cut off and fall to the ground	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will cut off the horns of the altars, and the horns will fall to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	3	14	cy5d	figs-activepassive		0	The horns of the altar will be cut off and fall to the ground	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will cut off the horns of the altars, and the horns will fall to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	3	14	gi8t			0	horns of the altar	People worshiped false gods at their altars. At the top corners of the altars there were pieces of metal shaped like bull horns. These horns were a symbol of the strength of their gods.
 AMO	3	15	r11p	figs-genericnoun		0	the winter house with the summer house	Some of the wealthy people had two houses: one that they lived in during the winter and one that they lived in during the summer. This refers to any winter and summer houses. Alternate translation: “the houses they live in during the winter and the houses they live in during the summer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 AMO	3	15	w3z9	figs-personification		0	The houses of ivory will perish	God speaks of the houses being destroyed as if they were alive and would die. Alternate translation: “The houses of ivory will be destroyed” or “The houses of ivory will collapse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ AMO	4	2	d7kr	figs-metaphor		0	the days will come on you when they will take you
 AMO	4	2	xgg4	figs-parallelism		0	they will take you away with hooks, the last of you with fishhooks	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the enemy will capture the people like people catch fish. Alternate translation: “they will capture you as people capture animals, and they take you away” or “they will defeat you and cruelly force you to go away with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 AMO	4	3	knp3			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues to speak to the people of Israel.
 AMO	4	3	yu6h			0	breaks in the city wall	places where the enemy had broken down the city wall to enter
-AMO	4	3	zrg7	figs-activepassive		0	you will be thrown out toward Harmon	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will throw you out toward Harmon” or “your enemies will force you to leave the city and go toward Harmon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	4	3	zrg7	figs-activepassive		0	you will be thrown out toward Harmon	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will throw you out toward Harmon” or “your enemies will force you to leave the city and go toward Harmon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	4	3	zu7p	translate-names		0	Harmon	This is either the name of a place that we do not know, or it refers to Mount Hermon. Some modern versions interpret it in that way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 AMO	4	3	th6y	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated these words in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 AMO	4	4	l9eu			0	General Information:	God gives several commands in verse 4, but he does so to show that he is angry
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ AMO	4	6	j831	figs-metaphor		0	you have not returned to me	Returning to God repre
 AMO	4	6	vsj8	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated these words in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 AMO	4	7	emt8			0	I also withheld rain from you	Alternate translation: “I prevented the rain from falling on your crops”
 AMO	4	7	zv4m	figs-explicit		0	when there were still three months to the harvest	It can be stated clearly that the people needed the rain. Alternate translation: “when there were still three months to the harvest and your crops needed the rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-AMO	4	7	nmf3	figs-activepassive		0	One piece of land was rained on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The phrase “One piece of land” represents any piece of land.” Alternate translation: “It rained on one piece of land” or “It rained on some pieces of land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	4	7	nmf3	figs-activepassive		0	One piece of land was rained on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The phrase “One piece of land” represents any piece of land.” Alternate translation: “It rained on one piece of land” or “It rained on some pieces of land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	4	7	uw18	figs-genericnoun		0	the piece of land where it did not rain	This refers to any piece of land where it did not rain. Alternate translation: “the pieces of land where it did not rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 AMO	4	8	sd8l	figs-metonymy		0	Two or three cities staggered	Here “cities” represents the people of those cities. Alternate translation: “The people of two or three cities staggered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	4	8	ly7z	figs-metaphor		0	you have not returned to me	Returning to God represents submitting again to him. See how you translated this in [Amos 4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: “you have not submitted again to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ AMO	4	13	sha6			0	Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name	By declaring his full name,
 AMO	5	intro	w1eh			0		# Amos 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 AMO	5	1	u6w8	figs-metonymy		0	house of Israel	The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	5	2	cqa2	figs-metaphor		0	The virgin Israel has fallen … no one to raise her up	The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen … no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-AMO	5	2	lta8	figs-activepassive		0	she is forsaken on her land	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	5	2	lta8	figs-activepassive		0	she is forsaken on her land	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	5	3	ecu7	figs-genericnoun		0	The city that went out with a thousand … the one that went out with a hundred	These phrases refer to any cities that sent out large numbers of soldiers. Alternate translation: “Cities that went out with a thousand … cities that went out with a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 AMO	5	3	z3m4	figs-explicit		0	The city that went out with a thousand will have a hundred left	The phrases “a thousand” and “a hundred” refer to a thousand soldiers and a hundred soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 AMO	5	3	m7h5	figs-explicit		0	The city that went out with a thousand	“The city that went out” represents the soldiers of that city going out. It can be stated clearly why they went out. Alternate translation: “The city out of which a thousand soldiers went to fight” or “The city that sent out a thousand soldiers to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ AMO	5	8	uny6	translate-unknown		0	the Pleiades and Orion	People saw patterns in
 AMO	5	8	fkp9			0	he turns darkness into the morning … day dark with night	“he makes the night become morning, and he makes the day become night.” This refers to causing the times of the day.
 AMO	5	8	jzr4	figs-metaphor		0	calls for the waters … on the surface of the earth	This represents God causing the sea water to fall on the earth as rain. Alternate translation: “he takes the waters of the sea and makes them rain down on the surface of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 AMO	5	8	rb72			0	Yahweh is his name!	By declaring his name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things.
-AMO	5	9	u2if	figs-abstractnouns		0	He brings sudden destruction on the strong	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “destroy.” The phrase “the strong” refers to strong people, specifically soldiers. Alternate translation: “He suddenly destroys the strong people” or “He suddenly destroys the soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-AMO	5	9	t2g1	figs-abstractnouns		0	so that destruction comes on the fortresses	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “so that the fortresses are destroyed” or “and he destroys the fortresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+AMO	5	9	u2if	figs-abstractnouns		0	He brings sudden destruction on the strong	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “destroy.” The phrase “the strong” refers to strong people, specifically soldiers. Alternate translation: “He suddenly destroys the strong people” or “He suddenly destroys the soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+AMO	5	9	t2g1	figs-abstractnouns		0	so that destruction comes on the fortresses	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **destruction**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “so that the fortresses are destroyed” or “and he destroys the fortresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 AMO	5	10	s23g			0	They hate anyone	Alternate translation: “The people of Israel hate anyone”
 AMO	5	11	ldj5			0	worked stone	Alternate translation: “cut stones” or “stones that people have cut”
 AMO	5	11	sm1t	figs-explicit		0	you will not drink their wine	The word “their” refers to the vineyards. This may imply that no one will make the wine, or even that there will not be enough good grapes to make wine. Alternate translation: “you will not drink the wine that is made from the grapes in your vineyards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ AMO	6	10	e57y			0	bringing the corpses	Alternate translation: “bringing the de
 AMO	6	10	qj51	figs-explicit		0	Then he will say, “Be quiet, for we must not mention Yahweh’s name.”	The meaning of this is not clear. It seems to imply that the one who asked the question is afraid the one answering will mention Yahweh’s name carelessly. If he does this, it may draw Yahweh’s attention to them, and he may kill them too. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 AMO	6	11	bc74			0	look	Alternate translation: “listen” or “pay attention”
 AMO	6	11	q1t3	figs-parallelism		0	the big house will be smashed to pieces, and the little house to bits	These two phrases share similar meanings. The contrast between “the big house” and “the little house” means that this refers to all houses. Alternate translation: “all the houses will be smashed into small pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-AMO	6	11	j5da	figs-activepassive		0	the big house will be smashed to pieces	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the enemy will smash the big house to pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	6	11	j5da	figs-activepassive		0	the big house will be smashed to pieces	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the enemy will smash the big house to pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	6	11	dc2l			0	to pieces … to bits	You can use the same word for both of these phrases.
 AMO	6	11	q1uc	figs-ellipsis		0	the little house to bits	This can be stated with the understood information included. Alternate translation: “enemies will smash the little house to bits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 AMO	6	12	s3ja			0	General Information:	Amos uses two rhetorical questions to draw attention to the rebuke that follows.
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ AMO	7	5	l5ir	figs-metonymy		0	how will Jacob survive? For he is so small.	Here 
 AMO	7	7	s6wg			0	plumb line	thin rope with a weight at one end used in building to make sure walls stand straight up and down
 AMO	7	8	tbb9	figs-rquestion		0	what do you see?	Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “tell me what you see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 AMO	7	8	t5nq	figs-metaphor		0	I will put a plumb line among my people Israel	Judging the people and determining they are wicked is spoken of as if the Israelites were a wall, and Yahweh determines the wall is not straight by using a plumb line. Alternate translation: “my people Israel are wicked. They are like a wall that is not straight up and down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-AMO	7	9	j2t3	figs-metonymy		0	The high places of Isaac will be destroyed, the sanctuaries of Israel will be ruined, and I will rise against the house of Jeroboam with the sword	Here “sword” represents an army. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will send an army to attack the house of Jeroboam, and the army will destroy the high places of Isaac and the sanctuaries of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	7	9	j2t3	figs-metonymy		0	The high places of Isaac will be destroyed, the sanctuaries of Israel will be ruined, and I will rise against the house of Jeroboam with the sword	Here “sword” represents an army. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will send an army to attack the house of Jeroboam, and the army will destroy the high places of Isaac and the sanctuaries of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	7	9	u5md	figs-metonymy		0	Isaac … Israel	Both of these represent the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Isaac … the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	7	9	g5em	figs-metonymy		0	the house of Jeroboam	Here “house” represents “family.” Translate “Jeroboam” as you did in [Amos 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jeroboam and his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	7	10	g3gt			0	Amaziah, the priest of Bethel	This could mean: (1) Amaziah was the only priest at Bethel or (2) Amaziah was the leader of the priests at Bethel.
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ AMO	7	14	geh3	translate-unknown		0	sycamore fig trees	Sycamores are broad trees
 AMO	7	16	k6j9			0	Now	Here the word “now” is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
 AMO	7	16	dz72	figs-metonymy		0	do not speak against the house of Isaac	Here “house” represents the family or descendants of Isaac. Alternate translation: “do not speak against the descendants of Isaac” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	7	17	c3rd	figs-metonymy		0	your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword	Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-AMO	7	17	sqs6	figs-activepassive		0	your land will be measured and divided up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	7	17	sqs6	figs-activepassive		0	your land will be measured and divided up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	7	17	mr3m	figs-metaphor		0	an unclean land	A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 AMO	8	intro	h32s			0		# Amos 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
 AMO	8	1	m4g1			0	Look, a basket of summer fruit!	The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!”
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ AMO	9	2	gx89	figs-hyperbole		0	Though they dig into Sheol, there my hand will ta
 AMO	9	2	v2qa	figs-metonymy		0	there my hand will take them	Here “hand” represents Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “I will pull them up from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	9	3	lgc3	figs-hyperbole		0	Though they hide on the top of Carmel … Though they are hidden from my sight in the bottom of the sea	Yahweh gives an exaggerated image of the people fleeing to the top of mount Carmel or to the bottom of the sea to escape being killed. Here “top of Carmel” and “bottom of the sea” are a merism that represents all places. Alternate translation: “Even if they were to hide on the top of Carmel … Even if they tried to go the bottom sea, thinking that I could not see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 AMO	9	3	di6k			0	serpent	an unknown fierce sea animal, not the snake in the garden of Eden and not a common snake
-AMO	9	4	z1fj	figs-activepassive		0	Though they go into captivity, driven by their enemies before them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Though enemies capture them and force them to go to a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	9	4	z1fj	figs-activepassive		0	Though they go into captivity, driven by their enemies before them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Though enemies capture them and force them to go to a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	9	4	rm94	figs-metonymy		0	there will I give orders to the sword, and it will kill them	Here “sword” represents their enemies. Alternate translation: “there I will cause their enemies to kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 AMO	9	4	p2p1	figs-metonymy		0	I will keep my eyes on them for harm and not for good	Here “eyes” represents seeing. The phrase “keep my eyes on them” is an idiom that means to watch closely. Alternate translation: “I will watch closely and make sure only bad things happen to them and not good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 AMO	9	5	v6tg	figs-simile		0	all of it will rise up like the River, and sink again like the river of Egypt	Here “the River” and “river of Egypt” both refer to the Nile river. Yahweh causing the land to shake violently is compared to the waters of the Nile river rising and sinking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -426,5 +426,5 @@ AMO	9	13	yi58			0	when the plowman … him who plants seed	These are two images
 AMO	9	13	s1fu	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 AMO	9	13	i41r	figs-parallelism		0	The mountains will drip sweet wine, and all the hills will flow with it	These two lines mean basically the same thing. The huge amount of grapes and wine in Israel is spoken of as if wine flows down the hills and mountains. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 AMO	9	15	cl8k	figs-metaphor		0	I will plant them upon their land, and they will never again be uprooted from the land	Bringing the people back to their land and keeping them safe from enemies is spoken of as if Israel were a plant that Yahweh would put in the ground and not let anyone pull the plant up from the ground. Alternate translation: “I will cause them to live in the land forever like a plant that is never uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-AMO	9	15	xry4	figs-activepassive		0	they will never again be uprooted from the land	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever again uproot them from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+AMO	9	15	xry4	figs-activepassive		0	they will never again be uprooted from the land	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever again uproot them from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 AMO	9	15	cqf7			0	uprooted	for a plant and its roots to be pulled out of the ground
diff --git a/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv b/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
index 6b652ada1c..3fa7881616 100644
--- a/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
@@ -13,27 +13,27 @@ OBA	1	1	jdr9	figs-quotations	ק֛וּמוּ וְ⁠נָק֥וּמָה עָלֶי
 OBA	1	1	pez6	figs-idiom	ק֛וּמוּ	1	Get up	This phrase is used to tell people to get ready, in this case to attack Edom. Alternate translation: “Get ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 OBA	1	1	iaok	figs-idiom	וְ⁠נָק֥וּמָה עָלֶי⁠הָ	1		This is an idiom that means to violently oppose another person or nation. Alternate translation: “Let us gather our armies against Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 OBA	1	1	c9e2	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠נָק֥וּמָה עָלֶי⁠הָ	1	and let us rise up against her	Here, **her** refers to the land of Edom, which, again, stands for the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “Let us rise up against the people of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-OBA	1	1	jd1r	figs-abstractnouns	לַ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה	1	for battle	If your readers would misunderstand this, If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **battle**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to attack her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+OBA	1	1	jd1r	figs-abstractnouns	לַ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה	1	for battle	If your readers would misunderstand this, If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **battle**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to attack her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	2	cc3h	writing-quotations	הִנֵּ֥ה קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	Behold, I am making you small	The addressee changes here. This is no longer Yahweh speaking to Judah or the messenger speaking to the other nations. Now Yahweh is speaking directly to the people of Edom. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could add a quote introduction here, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 OBA	1	2	npn6		הִנֵּ֥ה	1	Behold	This alerts the people of Edom to pay special attention to what follows. Use a natural way of getting someone’s attention in your language. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
 OBA	1	2	l6dc	figs-parallelism	קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד	1	I am making you small among the nations, you are extremely despised	These two phrases mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that Edom will lose its important status. If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine them as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 OBA	1	2	ec8m	figs-metaphor	קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם	1	small among the nations	Something insignificant is spoken of figuratively as if it were small in size and could easily be overlooked. Alternate translation: “insignificant among the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 OBA	1	2	ch1u	figs-activepassive	בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד	1	you are extremely despised	You could state this in the active form. Alternate translation: “the people of other nations will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 OBA	1	3	kjbt	figs-personification	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ	1		Here, **pride** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could deceive someone. If this is not clear, you could say this with plain language. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-OBA	1	3	hzdk	figs-youcrowd	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ	1		Here, **you** is singular, since it refers to the people of Edom as a single nation, but if this is confusing in your language, you could use a plural form of “you” here and throughout this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
-OBA	1	3	kcc3	figs-abstractnouns	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **pride**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+OBA	1	3	hzdk	figs-youcrowd	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ	1		Here, **you** is singular, since it refers to the people of Edom as a single nation, but if this is confusing in your language, you can use a plural form of “you” here and throughout this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+OBA	1	3	kcc3	figs-abstractnouns	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **pride**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	3	qpw7	figs-metaphor	זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙	1	of your heart	Here, **heart** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-OBA	1	3	k9sw	figs-123person	שֹׁכְנִ֥י בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע	1	lofty in his dwelling	Here, the pronoun switches from **you** to **he** even though Yahweh is still talking to the people of Edom. If this is confusing in your language, you could continue to use **you**, since this is part of Yahweh’s continuing message to the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “you who live in the clefts of the rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+OBA	1	3	k9sw	figs-123person	שֹׁכְנִ֥י בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע	1	lofty in his dwelling	Here, the pronoun switches from **you** to **he** even though Yahweh is still talking to the people of Edom. If this is confusing in your language, you can continue to use **you**, since this is part of Yahweh’s continuing message to the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “you who live in the clefts of the rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 OBA	1	3	q6sz		בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע	1	in the clefts of the rock	This means a place that is protected because it is surrounded by rocks.
 OBA	1	3	r5zj	figs-123person	אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	he who says in his heart	This says **he** and **his,** as if Yahweh were talking aloud about Edom rather than to Edom, but it can be translated with **you** as part of Yahweh’s continuing words to the people. Alternate translation: “you who say in your heart” or “you who say to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 OBA	1	3	jd3r	figs-metaphor	אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	in his heart	Here, the heart is used figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “he who says to himself” or “you who think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 OBA	1	3	i2hx	figs-rquestion	מִ֥י יוֹרִדֵ֖⁠נִי אָֽרֶץ	1	Who will bring me down to the ground?	This rhetorical question expresses how proud the Edomites were and how safe they felt. Alternate translation: “no one can bring me down to the ground” or “I am safe from all attackers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 OBA	1	4	xn9f	figs-parallelism	אִם־תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּ⁠נֶּ֔שֶׁר וְ⁠אִם־בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	If you make yourself high like the eagle, even if your nest is set between the stars	These two expressions have similar meanings. This is a way of showing that something is important by saying it more than once but in slightly different ways. If this is not clear in your language, use another way of showing that this is important. Alternate translation: “Even if you had wings and could live high up among the eagles, or even up among the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 OBA	1	4	jd5r	figs-hyperbole	אִם־תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּ⁠נֶּ֔שֶׁר וְ⁠אִם־בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	If you make yourself high like the eagle, even if your nest is set between the stars	The people of Edom think that they are safe because they live up high in the mountains. Yahweh is saying that even if they lived much higher than it is actually possible for humans to live, they would still not be safe. Alternate translation: “and I tell you that even if you had wings and could fly higher than eagles fly, and if you could make your homes among the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-OBA	1	4	jd7r	figs-activepassive	שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	if your nest is set	If your language does not use passive verb forms, you could use the active form of the verb. Alternate translation: “if you could make your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+OBA	1	4	jd7r	figs-activepassive	שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ	1	if your nest is set	If your language does not use passive verb forms, you can use the active form of the verb. Alternate translation: “if you can make your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 OBA	1	4	bbu3	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠שָּׁ֥ם אוֹרִֽידְ⁠ךָ֖	1	from there I will bring you down	Here, **bring you down** means “humble you” or “defeat you.” This is a spatial metaphor. Yahweh’s response to the Edomites is that there is nowhere they would be safe from his judgment and punishment. Alternate translation: “you would still not be safe there from the attackers that I am sending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 OBA	1	4	ce6e	writing-quotations	נְאֻם־יְהוָֽה	1		This phrase reminds the reader that this message, including the entire book, came directly from Yahweh. Use a form of quotation that would make this clear in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-OBA	1	4	fyco	figs-abstractnouns	נְאֻם־יְהוָֽה	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **declaration**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh declares this to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+OBA	1	4	fyco	figs-abstractnouns	נְאֻם־יְהוָֽה	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **declaration**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh declares this to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	5	w86v	figs-doublet	אִם־גַּנָּבִ֤ים בָּאֽוּ־לְ⁠ךָ֙ אִם־שׁ֣וֹדְדֵי לַ֔יְלָה	1	If thieves came to you, and plunderers by night	These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the one idea that they are expressing. If this is not clear in your language, use another way of showing that this is important or you could combine them, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 OBA	1	5	b93f	figs-activepassive	אֵ֣יךְ נִדְמֵ֔יתָה	1	how you are being destroyed!	You could use the active form of the verb, and you could specify who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “how the attackers will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 OBA	1	5	jd9r	figs-exclamations	אֵ֣יךְ נִדְמֵ֔יתָה	1	how you are being destroyed!	Yahweh adds this phrase in the middle of another sentence to express that the punishment of Edom is shocking. Unlike thieves and grape-harvesters, those who attack Edom will leave nothing behind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could move the phrase to the end of the verse and make it its own sentence. Alternate translation: “But attackers will destroy you completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ OBA	1	5	q1pg	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא יִגְנְב֖וּ דַּיָּ
 OBA	1	5	k12c	figs-rquestion	אִם־בֹּֽצְרִים֙ בָּ֣אוּ לָ֔⁠ךְ הֲ⁠ל֖וֹא יַשְׁאִ֥ירוּ עֹלֵלֽוֹת	1	If grape-cutters came to you, would not they leave behind gleanings?	This is a rhetorical question. The question form is used to make a point strongly. If you do not use rhetorical questions in this way in your language, you could use a statement here. Alternate translation: “they would certainly leave some grapes behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 OBA	1	6	gpm5	figs-exclamations	אֵ֚יךְ	1		Here, **How** introduces an exclamation to express amazement that the pillaging of Edom is so extreme. Use a natural way in your language to express this. Alternate translation: “In an extreme way” or “Completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 OBA	1	6	zsf7	figs-activepassive	אֵ֚יךְ נֶחְפְּשׂ֣וּ עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	How Esau is being ransacked, his hidden treasures being searched out	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use the active form of this verb, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “How the attackers will ransack the country of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-OBA	1	6	m9p3	figs-personification	עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	Esau	Here, the name **Esau** refers to the people of Edom. They were the descendants of Esau, who was also known as Edom. All the people of Edom are being portrayed as if they were a single person, their ancestor. If this is confusing in your language, you could refer to the people instead, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+OBA	1	6	m9p3	figs-personification	עֵשָׂ֔ו	1	Esau	Here, the name **Esau** refers to the people of Edom. They were the descendants of Esau, who was also known as Edom. All the people of Edom are being portrayed as if they were a single person, their ancestor. If this is confusing in your language, you can refer to the people instead, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 OBA	1	6	lf9t		נֶחְפְּשׂ֣וּ	1	has been ransacked	Here, **ransacked** means that the enemies have searched through the people’s things, taken everything valuable, and left everything else in a mess or damaged.
 OBA	1	6	w96y	figs-activepassive	נִבְע֖וּ מַצְפֻּנָֽי⁠ו	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use the active form of this verb, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “They will search out all of his hidden treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 OBA	1	7	yobe	figs-explicit	עַֽד־הַ⁠גְּב֣וּל שִׁלְּח֗וּ⁠ךָ כֹּ֚ל אַנְשֵׁ֣י בְרִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ	1		If it does not make sense in your language to say that someone would be attacked by someone with whom they have a **covenant**, that is, an ally, then you could add in the missing step of their betrayal, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ OBA	1	7	cr88		עַֽד־הַ⁠גְּב֣וּל שִׁלְּח֗וּ⁠ךָ	1	ar
 OBA	1	7	a612	figs-parallelism	כֹּ֚ל אַנְשֵׁ֣י בְרִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ…אַנְשֵׁ֣י שְׁלֹמֶ֑⁠ךָ לַחְמְ⁠ךָ֗	1	All the men of your covenant … The men of your peace … They of your bread	All three phrases refer to Edom’s allies. Yahweh is showing that what he is saying is important by saying it more than once in similar ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 OBA	1	7	jd15	figs-ellipsis	לַחְמְ⁠ךָ֗ יָשִׂ֤ימוּ מָזוֹר֙ תַּחְתֶּ֔י⁠ךָ	1	They of your bread will set a trap under you	Hebrew says simply **your bread**. In this poetic style, hearers and readers are expected to understand the meaning and supply the missing words **The men of** from the previous two lines. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 OBA	1	7	rc1i	figs-aside	אֵ֥ין תְּבוּנָ֖ה בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	There is no understanding in him.	This phrase could mean: (1) Yahweh could be saying this as an aside in order to express his evaluation of the people of Edom. If this would be confusing in your language, you could continue the address to Edom in the second person, as in the UST. (2) the former allies could be saying this about Edom. Alternate translation: “Then they will say to you, ‘you are not as clever as you thought you were’” (3) It could be referring to the trap just mentioned. Alternate translation: “and there is no perception of it” (4) It could be referring to the shocking situation of Edom being betrayed by its allies. Alternate translation: “There is no understanding of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
-OBA	1	7	jd17	figs-abstractnouns	אֵ֥ין תְּבוּנָ֖ה בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	understanding	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “He does not understand anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+OBA	1	7	jd17	figs-abstractnouns	אֵ֥ין תְּבוּנָ֖ה בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	understanding	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “He does not understand anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	7	jd19	figs-personification	בּֽ⁠וֹ	1	in him	Here, **him** probably refers to Edom, which represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “in the people of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 OBA	1	8	i4rg	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠ל֛וֹא בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא…וְ⁠הַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם	1	Will I not on that day (a declaration of Yahweh) destroy wise men from Edom, and understanding from the mountain of Esau?	This is a rhetorical question. Yahweh uses the question form here to emphasize that he will certainly do this. Alternate translation: “On that day … I will certainly destroy the wise men from Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 OBA	1	8	jd21	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הַאֲבַדְתִּ֤י חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם	1	wise men	The original audience would have known that Edom was famous for its wisdom. So this means that even their famous wisdom cannot save them from Yahweh’s destruction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could indicate this information as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 OBA	1	8	i6ry	figs-rquestion	וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו	1		This is the second part of the rhetorical question. You could also start a new sentence here. Yahweh continues the question form here to emphasize that he will certainly do this. Alternate translation: “and I will certainly destroy their understanding” or “On that day I will certainly remove understanding from the mountain of Esau” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 OBA	1	8	mupa	figs-explicit	וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו	1		In this poetic style, the reader is expected to use the words **will I not on that day destroy** from the first rhetorical question in order to understand this second one. If that is not clear in your language, you could repeat those words here. Alternate translation: “and will I not on that day destroy understanding from the mountain of Esau?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-OBA	1	8	g6se	figs-parallelism	חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו	1		In this poetic style, the same meaning is expressed twice but in different words in order to emphasize what is being said. Here, **wise men** and **understanding** both refer to people who are wise, and **Edom** and **the mountain of Esau** are both ways of referring to the country of Edom. If this is confusing in your language, you could say this only once, or emphasize the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “all people who are wise from the country of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-OBA	1	8	jd23	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה	1	and understanding	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and people who know what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+OBA	1	8	g6se	figs-parallelism	חֲכָמִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אֱד֔וֹם וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו	1		In this poetic style, the same meaning is expressed twice but in different words in order to emphasize what is being said. Here, **wise men** and **understanding** both refer to people who are wise, and **Edom** and **the mountain of Esau** are both ways of referring to the country of Edom. If this is confusing in your language, you can say this only once, or emphasize the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “all people who are wise from the country of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+OBA	1	8	jd23	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠תְבוּנָ֖ה	1	and understanding	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **understanding**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and people who know what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	8	z8tf	figs-synecdoche	מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָֽׂו	1	from the mountain of Esau	Yahweh is referring to the whole territory of Edom by using the name of one prominent part of it. The **mountain of Esau** may be the one now called Mount Bozrah. Alternate translation: “from the land of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 OBA	1	8	gn3t	translate-names	עֵשָֽׂו	1		This is the name of the man who was the ancestor of the people of Edom. See how you translated this in [verse 6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 OBA	1	9	jd25	figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠חַתּ֥וּ גִבּוֹרֶ֖י⁠ךָ תֵּימָ֑ן	1	And your mighty men will be dismayed, O Teman	Yahweh continues speaking to the people of Edom, but now he addresses them as **Teman**, which was the name of the region around their capital city. This part of Edom is now being used to represent the whole people. Alternate translation: “People of Edom, your strong soldiers will become terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ OBA	1	9	jd27	figs-metaphor	יִכָּֽרֶת־אִ֛ישׁ	1	a man will be cut
 OBA	1	9	q6s7	figs-activepassive	יִכָּֽרֶת־אִ֛ישׁ	1	will be cut off	You could use an active verb form, and you could specify who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will destroy all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 OBA	1	9	jd31	figs-idiom	אִ֛ישׁ	1	a man	Here, **a man** is an idiom that means “each person.” Alternate translation: “all you people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 OBA	1	9	jd35	figs-synecdoche	מֵ⁠הַ֥ר עֵשָׂ֖ו	1	from the mountain of Esau	As in v. 8, Yahweh is referring to the whole territory by the name of this one part of it. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “from the land of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-OBA	1	9	jd37	figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠קָּֽטֶל	1	by slaughter	The abstract noun **slaughter** intensifies the idea of being **cut off** or killed. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **slaughter**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+OBA	1	9	jd37	figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠קָּֽטֶל	1	by slaughter	The abstract noun **slaughter** intensifies the idea of being **cut off** or killed. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **slaughter**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	9	hsy2	figs-abstractnouns	מִ⁠קָּֽטֶל	1		Some Bible translations put this phrase with verse 10, rather than with verse 9. If you choose to do that, verse 9 would end, “…from the mountain of Esau.” Verse 10 would begin, “Because of slaughter, because of violence …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	10	jd39	figs-metonymy	אָחִ֥י⁠ךָ	1	your brother	The term **brother** is being used here to refer to members of a related people group. Use the term that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your relatives who are the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 OBA	1	10	ui6g	figs-personification	יַעֲקֹ֖ב	1	Jacob	Here the name **Jacob** refers to the people of Judah, who were his descendants. All the people are being portrayed as if they were a single person, their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-OBA	1	10	jd41	figs-abstractnouns	תְּכַסְּ⁠ךָ֣ בוּשָׁ֑ה	1	shame will cover you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **shame**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you will be dishonored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+OBA	1	10	jd41	figs-abstractnouns	תְּכַסְּ⁠ךָ֣ בוּשָׁ֑ה	1	shame will cover you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **shame**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you will be dishonored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	10	f8g6	figs-idiom	תְּכַסְּ⁠ךָ֣ בוּשָׁ֑ה	1	shame will cover you	To be **covered** with something is an idiom for fully experiencing it. Alternate translation: “you will be completely ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 OBA	1	10	a113	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖תָּ	1	you will be cut off to eternity	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an active form of the verb. Alternate translation: “your enemies will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 OBA	1	10	jd43	figs-explicit	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖תָּ	1	you will be cut off	You can specify who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ OBA	1	16	cr9s	writing-pronouns	כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שְׁתִיתֶם֙	1
 OBA	1	16	cr7s	figs-metaphor	שְׁתִיתֶם֙	1	according to how you have drunk	The image of drinking something is often used in the Bible as a metaphor for suffering or for being punished by God. Alternate translation: “you suffered” or “I punished you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 OBA	1	16	ujj9	figs-metonymy	עַל־הַ֣ר קָדְשִׁ֔⁠י	1	the mountain of my holiness	The **mountain of my holiness** refers to Mount Zion and therefore to the city of Jerusalem. So here Jerusalem is being referred to by the name of something closely associated with it, the mountain that the city is built on. Alternate translation: “in my holy city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 OBA	1	16	qz7p	figs-metaphor	יִשְׁתּ֥וּ כָֽל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֖ם תָּמִ֑יד	1	all the nations shall drink continually	Here the metaphor continues, using **drink** to mean “suffer” or “be punished.” Alternate translation: “I will punish all of the nations continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-OBA	1	16	a8v3	figs-doublet	וְ⁠שָׁת֣וּ וְ⁠לָע֔וּ	1	And they will drink, and they will swallow, and they will become like they never existed	The words translated **drink** and **swallow** mean very similar things and are used together to intensify the one meaning. If your language does not have two such similar words, you could use one of the words and intensify the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “They will drink all of it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+OBA	1	16	a8v3	figs-doublet	וְ⁠שָׁת֣וּ וְ⁠לָע֔וּ	1	And they will drink, and they will swallow, and they will become like they never existed	The words translated **drink** and **swallow** mean very similar things and are used together to intensify the one meaning. If your language does not have two such similar words, you can use one of the words and intensify the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “They will drink all of it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 OBA	1	16	vcve	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שָׁת֣וּ וְ⁠לָע֔וּ	1		Here the metaphor continues, using **drink** and **swallow** as images for suffering or being punished. Alternate translation: “I will make them suffer a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 OBA	1	17	cc36	figs-abstractnouns	וּ⁠בְ⁠הַ֥ר צִיּ֛וֹן תִּהְיֶ֥ה פְלֵיטָ֖ה	1	But in the mountain of Zion there will be a remnant	The abstract noun **escape** refers to the people of Israel who will still be alive in Jerusalem after Yahweh has finished punishing the other nations. As [1:16](../01/16.md) says, those other nations will disappear completely, but the descendants of Jacob will continue as a people. Alternate translation: “But in Jerusalem some people will remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	17	y9pz	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠בְ⁠הַ֥ר צִיּ֛וֹן	1	But in the mountain of Zion	This is a figure of speech that refers to Jerusalem by the name of something closely associated with it, the mountain that the city is built on. Alternate translation: “But in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-OBA	1	17	b4sh	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הָ֣יָה קֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	and there will be holiness	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you could translate the word **holiness** by using an adjective. Alternate translation: “and it will be a holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+OBA	1	17	b4sh	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠הָ֣יָה קֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	and there will be holiness	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can translate the word **holiness** by using an adjective. Alternate translation: “and it will be a holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 OBA	1	17	cr13	figs-idiom	בֵּ֣ית יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב	1	and the house of Jacob will possess their own possessions	Here, **the house of Jacob** is an idiom that means “the descendants of Jacob” and by extension, all of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 OBA	1	17	f4ur		אֵ֖ת מוֹרָֽשֵׁי⁠הֶם	1		Here, **possessions** refers to the land that was supposed to be passed down from generation to generation to each of the Israelite families and clans. If using a plural term is confusing, you could translate it with a singular word. Alternate translation: “the land that belongs to each of them”
 OBA	1	18	rm2e	figs-parallelism	וְ⁠הָיָה֩ בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף לֶהָבָ֗ה	1	And the house of Jacob will be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame	These two expressions have similar meanings. Yahweh is showing that what he is saying is important by saying it more than once. Both **house of Jacob** and **house of Joseph** stand for all of the Israelites. Alternate translation: “The Israelites will be like a fire. Yes, they will be like a flame” If saying this twice is confusing, you could combine them into one expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
diff --git a/en_tn_32-JON.tsv b/en_tn_32-JON.tsv
index 18cc8c38a6..6c2d8d610a 100644
--- a/en_tn_32-JON.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_32-JON.tsv
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ JON	1	3	i6bi		עִמָּ⁠הֶם֙	1	with them	The word **them** refers to the
 JON	1	3	sw66	figs-metaphor	מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָֽה	1	from before the face of Yahweh	This is an expression that refers to the face of Yahweh to represent his presence. The idea of Yahweh’s presence also includes his knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. By running away, Jonah is hoping that Yahweh will not notice that he is disobeying. Alternate translation: “from the presence of Yahweh” or “from Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JON	1	4	jdr2	writing-newevent	וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הֵטִ֤יל רֽוּחַ־גְּדוֹלָה֙ אֶל־הַ⁠יָּ֔ם	1	But Yahweh sent out a great wind on the sea	This clause introduces the new event of Yahweh’s response to Jonah running away. Translate this so that your readers know that this event brings a change in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JON	1	4	jdra	figs-personification	וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֳנִיָּ֔ה חִשְּׁבָ֖ה לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	so that the ship was thinking to be broken apart	Here the term **thinking** describes the ship as if it were a person. This means that the storm was so severe that the ship was close to breaking apart. Alternate translation: “so that the ship was almost breaking apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JON	1	4	jl77	figs-activepassive	לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	to be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JON	1	4	jl77	figs-activepassive	לְ⁠הִשָּׁבֵֽר	1	to be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JON	1	5	d13r		הַ⁠מַּלָּחִ֗ים	1	the sailors	Alternate translation: “the men who worked on the ship”
 JON	1	5	u2bj		אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֒	1	his own god	Here, **god** refers to false gods and idols that people worship.
 JON	1	5	sh1b		וַ⁠יָּטִ֨לוּ אֶת־הַ⁠כֵּלִ֜ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּֽ⁠אֳנִיָּה֙	1	And they threw the things that were in the ship	“the men threw the heavy things off the ship” By doing this, they hoped to keep the ship from sinking.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ JON	2	3	glp2		בִּ⁠לְבַ֣ב יַמִּ֔ים	1	into the heart of the sea
 JON	2	3	p8fd		וְ⁠נָהָ֖ר יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי	1	a current surrounded me	Alternate translation: “the sea water closed in around me”
 JON	2	3	c6jx	figs-doublet	מִשְׁבָּרֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠גַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ	1	your billows and your waves	Both of these are disturbances on the surface of the ocean. They could be combined into one term, such as “waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JON	2	4	jdr5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י	1	But as for me,	This expression shows that there is a contrast between the actions of Yahweh, which Jonah had just talked about, and his own response. Alternate translation: “then I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JON	2	4	x1w9	figs-activepassive	נִגְרַ֖שְׁתִּי	1	I have been driven out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you drove me out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JON	2	4	x1w9	figs-activepassive	נִגְרַ֖שְׁתִּי	1	I have been driven out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you drove me out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JON	2	4	z1yx	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠נֶּ֣גֶד עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	from before your eyes	Here, **eyes** is a metonym meaning seeing, and seeing is a metonym for the knowledge, notice, and attention of God. Alternate translation: “from before you” or “from your presence” or “where you do not notice me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JON	2	4	b8vk		אַ֚ךְ אוֹסִ֣יף לְ⁠הַבִּ֔יט אֶל־הֵיכַ֖ל קָדְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ	1	yet I might again look toward your holy temple	Jonah still has hope that, in spite of all that he is going through, God will allow him to see the temple in Jerusalem again.
 JON	2	5	abc2	figs-parallelism	אֲפָפ֤וּ⁠נִי מַ֨יִם֙ עַד־נֶ֔פֶשׁ תְּה֖וֹם יְסֹבְבֵ֑⁠נִי	1	Water had closed around me even as far as life; the deep was surrounding me;	Jonah uses two similar phrases to express the severity and hopelessness of his situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ JON	2	8	fac9		חַסְדָּ֖⁠ם יַעֲזֹֽבוּ	1	forsake their covenan
 JON	2	9	q3yb	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י	1	But as for me,	This expression shows that there is a contrast between the people Jonah had just spoken about and himself. They paid attention to useless gods, but he would worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: “but I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JON	2	9	nfd2		בְּ⁠ק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־לָּ֔⁠ךְ	1	I will sacrifice to you with a voice of thanksgiving	This phrase probably means that Jonah would thank God while he offered a sacrifice to him. It is not clear whether Jonah planned to thank God by singing or shouting joyfully.
 JON	2	9	jdrh		יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Salvation belongs to Yahweh	This last line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either (1) as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or (2) as being addressed to another person as a conclusion to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress…” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrc).
-JON	2	9	r4j4	figs-abstractnouns	יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Salvation belongs to Yahweh	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JON	2	9	r4j4	figs-abstractnouns	יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Salvation belongs to Yahweh	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “save.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JON	2	10	dz3j		אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה	1	onto the dry land	Alternate translation: “upon the ground” or “onto the shore”
 JON	3	intro	z3ut			0		# Jonah 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase “three days’ journey” is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So, although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, “So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it.” This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint, and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin.<br><br>Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
 JON	3	1	jdr7	writing-newevent	וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה	1	The word of Yahweh came	This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
diff --git a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
index bd04c87b07..4a66bd9f22 100644
--- a/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ MIC	1	11	r6st			0	Zaanan	The name of this city means “go out.” They are too
 MIC	1	11	m77i			0	Beth Ezel	The name of this city means “house of taking away.”
 MIC	1	11	ad97	figs-activepassive		0	for their protection is taken away	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “for I have taken away everything that might protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MIC	1	12	c45f			0	Maroth	The name of this city means “bitterness.”
-MIC	1	12	wuv4	figs-abstractnouns		0	disaster has come down from Yahweh	The abstract noun **disaster** is spoken of here as a solid object rolling down a hill. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **disaster**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has caused bad things to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MIC	1	12	wuv4	figs-abstractnouns		0	disaster has come down from Yahweh	The abstract noun **disaster** is spoken of here as a solid object rolling down a hill. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **disaster**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has caused bad things to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MIC	1	13	qn9h	translate-names		0	Lachish	The name “Lachish” sounds like “to the chariots” in Hebrew. The people are hitching their chariots to flee, not fight. Lachish was the most important city after Jerusalem in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 MIC	1	13	t76u	figs-metonymy		0	the daughter of Zion	The word “daughter” is a metonym for the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MIC	1	13	b2dc	figs-activepassive		0	for the transgressions of Israel were found in you	This idiom can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “for you disobeyed like the people of Israel did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ MIC	4	8	c64g	figs-apostrophe		0	As for you, watchtower for the flock, hill of th
 MIC	4	8	y9gn	figs-metaphor		0	watchtower for the flock	The people of Jerusalem protecting the other people in surrounding areas is spoken of as if they were a shepherd in a watchtower watching over his flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MIC	4	8	p2dj	figs-metaphor		0	daughter of Zion … daughter of Jerusalem	The people who live in a place are spoken of as if the place is a mother and they are the daughter. Alternate translation: “people who live in Zion … people who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MIC	4	8	tc2d			0	hill	Some modern versions understand this Hebrew word to mean “fortress” or “stronghold” here.
-MIC	4	8	ccs1	figs-abstractnouns		0	to you it will come, your former dominion	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **dominion**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you will rule over the nations as you did before” or “I will make you rule over the nations as you did before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MIC	4	8	ccs1	figs-abstractnouns		0	to you it will come, your former dominion	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **dominion**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you will rule over the nations as you did before” or “I will make you rule over the nations as you did before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MIC	4	9	g6px	figs-rquestion		0	Now, why do you shout so loudly?	Micah is mocking the people, trying to make them think about why God is dealing with them in this way. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at how you are shouting loudly.” or “Think carefully about why you are shouting loudly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MIC	4	9	b1zk	figs-rquestion		0	Is there no king among you? Has your counselor died? Is this why pain grips you like that of a woman in labor?	Micah continues to mock the people. If your readers would misunderstand these questions, you could express them as statements. Alternate translation: “You have a king, but he is useless to you. All your wise people are still alive, but they have nothing wise to say to you. This is why you are weeping loudly like a woman who is giving birth to a baby.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MIC	4	10	qn9l	figs-simile		0	Be in pain … like a woman in labor	Micah compares the suffering the people will experience when enemies force them away from their cities to the pain a woman experiences when giving birth to a baby. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ MIC	4	13	mm6h	figs-you		0	Arise and thresh, daughter of Zion … your horn … y
 MIC	4	13	m3uk	figs-metaphor		0	Arise and thresh, daughter of Zion, for I will make your horn to be iron, and I will make your hooves to be bronze	Yahweh speaks of the people of Zion as if they were strong oxen about to thresh wheat and their enemies were the wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MIC	4	13	tq8x	figs-metaphor		0	I will make your horn to be iron, and I will make your hooves to be bronze	If your reader is not familiar with oxen or iron or bronze, you could remove the metaphor. Alternate translation: “for I will make you able to defeat and destroy every enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MIC	4	13	igd2			0	their unjust wealth	Alternate translation: “the wealth they got by acting unjustly” or “the things they stole from other people”
-MIC	4	13	c3rt	figs-abstractnouns		0	their wealth	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wealth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the things that they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MIC	4	13	c3rt	figs-abstractnouns		0	their wealth	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wealth**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the things that they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MIC	5	intro	y1t7			0		# Micah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>This chapter contains a prophecy explaining that the Messiah was to be born in Bethlehem. This meaning is made clear in the New Testament. (See: [Micah 5:2](../../mic/05/02.md), [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in Personal Pronouns<br>Extra care must be taken in translating pronouns in this chapter. Sometimes “I” is a reference to the author and other times it is a reference to Yahweh. There is also a noticable shift where the author stops speaking about the people as “you” and begins speaking about them as “we” or “us.”
 MIC	5	1	f536	figs-metaphor		0	daughter of soldiers	The people of a city are spoken of as if they were a woman. The soldiers are attacking the city. Alternate translation: “people of the city, whom soldiers are attacking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MIC	5	1	yp7t	figs-metonymy		0	With a rod they strike the judge of Israel on the cheek	The rod is a metonym for a greater man punishing a lesser man with a rod. To strike a man on the cheek was to insult him more than to harm him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will punish the judge of Israel by having the invaders insult the judge of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ MIC	5	11	p7xv	figs-you		0	your land … your strongholds	Yahweh is speaking to t
 MIC	5	12	w5rn	figs-metonymy		0	the witchcraft in your hand	Being in the “hand” represents the actions that the person does. Alternate translation: “the witchcraft that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MIC	5	12	b4vf	figs-you		0	your hand … you will	Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel as if they were one man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MIC	5	13	udr6	figs-you		0	your carved … your stone … among you. You will … your hands	Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel as if they were one man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MIC	5	13	s47c	figs-abstractnouns		0	the workmanship of your hands	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **workmanship**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “make.” Alternate translation: “what your hands have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MIC	5	13	s47c	figs-abstractnouns		0	the workmanship of your hands	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **workmanship**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “make.” Alternate translation: “what your hands have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MIC	5	14	dd8m	figs-you		0	your Asherah … among you … your cities	Yahweh continues to speak to the people of Israel as if they were one man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MIC	5	14	p6df	figs-metaphor		0	will uproot your Asherah poles	Yahweh speaks of Asherah poles as if they were trees that he would pull out of the ground. Alternate translation: “will pull your Asherah poles out of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MIC	6	intro	k235			0		# Micah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written as a court case or lawsuit by Yahweh against His people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Names in Lawsuit<br>Moses, Aaron and Miriam are mentioned as witnesses for Yahweh and against Israel.<br>Ahab and Omri are mentioned as kings who were evil and did not follow Yahweh. Obedience to the law of Moses is contrasted with disobedience to the law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ MIC	6	2	pbw6	figs-personification		0	you mountains … you enduring foundations
 MIC	6	3	smg8	figs-rquestion		0	My people, what have I done to you? How have I wearied you? Testify against me!	God uses questions to emphasize that he is a good God, and he has done nothing to cause the people to stop worshiping him. Alternate translation: “My people, I have been good to you. I have done nothing to make you tired of me. If you think I have, testify against me, now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MIC	6	3	h6ec	figs-you		0	to you … wearied you? Testify	Yahweh speaks to the people as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and all the commands are masculine singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MIC	6	4	y7re	figs-you		0	brought you … rescued you … Miriam to you	Yahweh speaks to the people as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and all the commands are masculine singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-MIC	6	4	s8wt	figs-metaphor		0	house of bondage	A house is a metaphor for a place in which one lives for a long time. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **bondage**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “to be slaves.” Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MIC	6	4	s8wt	figs-metaphor		0	house of bondage	A house is a metaphor for a place in which one lives for a long time. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **bondage**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “to be slaves.” Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MIC	6	5	q1ew	figs-you		0	remember … you went … you may know	Yahweh speaks to the people as if they were one man, so all instances of “you” and all the commands are masculine singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MIC	6	5	ddx5			0	what Balak … devised	“the plans Balak … made to harm you
 MIC	6	5	q2uj	figs-explicit		0	how Balaam … answered him	This could mean: (1) Balaam obeyed Balak by coming when Balak called him, Alternate translation: “how Balaam … did what Balak asked him to do” or (2) Balaam explained to Balak why Balaam had blessed the Israelites instead of cursing them as Balak had commanded. Alternate translation: “what Balaam told Balak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ MIC	6	7	yc7f	figs-rquestion		0	Will Yahweh be pleased … oil? Should I give …
 MIC	6	7	mxx1	figs-rquestion		0	thousands of rams … ten thousand rivers of oil	“rams in groups of 1,000…10,000 rivers of oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MIC	6	8	y8pq			0	He has told you	Alternate translation: “Yahweh has told you”
 MIC	6	8	xd8t			0	good, and what Yahweh requires from you: Act … God	Many versions read, “good. And what does Yahweh require from you? He wants you to act … God.” or “good. And what does Yahweh require from you but to act … God?”
-MIC	6	8	qii1	figs-abstractnouns		0	love kindness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **kindness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “kind.” Alternate translation: “love being kind to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MIC	6	8	qii1	figs-abstractnouns		0	love kindness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **kindness**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “kind.” Alternate translation: “love being kind to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MIC	6	9	jf56	figs-metonymy		0	even now wisdom acknowledges your name	Wisdom is spoken of as a person and is a metonym for the wise person. The word “name” here is a metonym for the person himself, what people think of him, and his authority. Alternate translation: “and the wise person will fear you” or “and the wise person will acknowledge that you are good and will obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MIC	6	9	mll1	figs-metaphor		0	Pay attention to the rod, and to the one who has put it in place	Here “rod” refers to the enemy army with which Yahweh, who “has put it in place,” will discipline his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MIC	6	10	va73	figs-metonymy		0	There is wealth in the houses of the wicked that is dishonest	Dishonest wealth is a metonym for wealth that people have gained by acting dishonestly. The words “the wicked” refer to wicked people. Houses are a synecdoche for everything a person possesses. Alternate translation: “Wicked people have acted dishonestly to gain wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -249,14 +249,14 @@ MIC	7	3	m27f	figs-synecdoche		0	Their hands are very good	The hand is a synecdoc
 MIC	7	4	nz3f	figs-simile		0	The best of them is like a brier, the most upright is worse than a thorn hedge	Briers and thorns are good for nothing and harm those who touch them. The Israelite rulers and judges did nothing good and harmed people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MIC	7	4	kin3			0	the most upright	Alternate translation: “those of them who try hardest to do what is good”
 MIC	7	4	qfc3	figs-activepassive		0	It is the day foretold by your watchmen, the day of your punishment	Micah speaks to the people of Israel, so both instances of “your” are plural. The word “watchmen” is a metaphor for prophets. Alternate translation: “Their prophets have told them that Yahweh would punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MIC	7	4	i385	figs-abstractnouns		0	Now is the time of their confusion	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **confusion**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Now is when they do not understand what is happening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MIC	7	4	i385	figs-abstractnouns		0	Now is the time of their confusion	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **confusion**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Now is when they do not understand what is happening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MIC	7	5	cvb4			0	Do not trust any neighbor	Micah continues to show that there is no longer anyone good, honest, and loyal to God among God’s people. Here he emphasizes that they cannot even trust friends or family.
 MIC	7	6	y6bb			0	people of his own house	Micah continues to show that there is no longer anyone good, honest, and loyal to God among God’s people. Here he emphasizes that they cannot even trust friends or family.
 MIC	7	6	by7f	figs-ellipsis		0	a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law	The words “rises up” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “a daughter-in-law rises up against her mother-in-law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MIC	7	6	z99g	figs-metonymy		0	his own house	The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. Alternate translation: “his own family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MIC	7	7	pvd9	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	In verse 8 Micah begins speaking as if he were one woman speaking to her enemy, another woman. This is perhaps the daughter of Zion ([Micah 1:13](../01/13.md)), who represents the people of Israel, speaking to the “daughter of soldiers” ([Micah 5:1](../05/01.md)), who represents the nations which attacked Israel. All commands and instances of “you” are feminine singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MIC	7	7	z1eq			0	But as for me	Here “me” refers to Micah.
-MIC	7	7	p8kj	figs-abstractnouns		0	I will wait for the God of my salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will wait for the God who saves me” or “I will wait for God, who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MIC	7	7	p8kj	figs-abstractnouns		0	I will wait for the God of my salvation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **salvation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will wait for the God who saves me” or “I will wait for God, who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MIC	7	7	wd6x	figs-metonymy		0	will hear me	The word “hear” represents hearing and acting. Alternate translation: “will act to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MIC	7	8	yb44	figs-metaphor		0	fall … rise	These words are metaphors for suffering from disaster and then recovering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MIC	7	8	ln69	figs-metaphor		0	sit in darkness	These words are a metaphor for suffering from disaster. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ MIC	7	9	t4wh			0	rescue me in his justice	Alternate translation: “bring justic
 MIC	7	10	wv5q			0	my enemy … the one who said … your God … My eyes	The words “enemy,” “one,” “your,” and “my” here refer to the women in the poem and so are feminine singular.
 MIC	7	10	ize3	figs-rquestion		0	Where is Yahweh your God?	The enemy uses a question to mock the people of Israel. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God cannot help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MIC	7	10	fx2c	figs-synecdoche		0	My eyes	This phrase here refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I” or “We” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MIC	7	10	d12h	figs-activepassive		0	she will be trampled down	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her enemies will trample her down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MIC	7	10	d12h	figs-activepassive		0	she will be trampled down	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her enemies will trample her down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MIC	7	10	j5qh	figs-simile		0	like the mud in the streets	People who walk on mud without thinking they are doing anything bad are compared with those who will destroy Israel’s enemies without thinking they are doing anything evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MIC	7	11	x4rg	figs-you		0	General Information:	Micah speaks to the people of Israel as if he were speaking to one man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 MIC	7	11	y6xz			0	A day to build your walls will come	Here “walls” refers to the walls around their cities, which provided safety and security from their enemies.
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ MIC	7	17	zg31	figs-metaphor		0	their dens	The people are spoken of as if they we
 MIC	7	18	g3i6	figs-rquestion		0	Who is a God like you—who takes … inheritance?	Micah is emphasizing that there is no God like Yahweh. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that there is no God like you, who takes … inheritance.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MIC	7	18	kr7v			0	the remnant of his inheritance	Alternate translation: “those of his chosen people who have survived his punishment”
 MIC	7	18	a8d2	figs-123person		0	you … of the remnant of his inheritance? He does not keep his anger forever, because he delights in his covenant faithfulness.	Here the words “his” and “he” can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “you … of the remnant of your inheritance, who do not keep your anger forever, because you delight in your covenant faithfulness?” or “you … of the remnant of your inheritance? You do not keep your anger forever, because you delights in your covenant faithfulness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MIC	7	18	f1lp	figs-abstractnouns		0	he delights in his covenant faithfulness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “he delights in being faithful to his covenant” or “he delights in being faithful to his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MIC	7	18	f1lp	figs-abstractnouns		0	he delights in his covenant faithfulness	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faithfulness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “he delights in being faithful to his covenant” or “he delights in being faithful to his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MIC	7	18	ups5			0	passes over	ignores
 MIC	7	18	mcd3			0	does not keep his anger	Alternate translation: “does not stay angry”
 MIC	7	19	i7z3	figs-you		0	You will	Here “you” refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
diff --git a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
index 9a2e916747..c849455c3e 100644
--- a/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ NAM	1	5	f3dl			0	the earth collapses	This could mean: (1) the mountains and hill
 NAM	1	5	w6mf	figs-ellipsis		0	the world and all people who live in it	Here the word “world” refers to the inhabited places on the earth. The verb for this phrase is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the world shakes and all the people who live in it collapse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NAM	1	6	pb6q	figs-parallelism		0	Who can stand before his wrath? Who can resist the fierceness of his anger?	These two rhetorical questions mean basically the same thing. They can be translated with statements. Alternate translation: “No one can stand before his wrath! No one can resist the fierceness of his anger!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NAM	1	6	s5dd			0	fierceness of his anger	Alternate translation: “intensity of his anger” or “amount of his anger”
-NAM	1	6	b6tk	figs-metaphor		0	His wrath is poured out like fire	Nahum speaks of Yahweh’s anger as if it were a liquid that he pours out and which burns like fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He pours out his wrath like fire” or “He expresses his fierce anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NAM	1	6	s5l3	figs-activepassive		0	the rocks are broken apart by him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he breaks apart the rocks” or “he causes the rocks to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	1	6	b6tk	figs-metaphor		0	His wrath is poured out like fire	Nahum speaks of Yahweh’s anger as if it were a liquid that he pours out and which burns like fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He pours out his wrath like fire” or “He expresses his fierce anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NAM	1	6	s5l3	figs-activepassive		0	the rocks are broken apart by him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he breaks apart the rocks” or “he causes the rocks to break apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	1	7	vrf3	figs-metaphor		0	a stronghold … those who take refuge in him	Nahum speaks of Yahweh as if he were a place where people can be safe from those who wish to harm them, and of those who trust Yahweh to protect them as if they were taking refuge inside that safe place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	1	7	z4wh			0	in the day of trouble	“in times of trouble” or “when troubles happen.” The word “day” here refers to a general period of time.
 NAM	1	8	uz38	figs-idiom		0	he will make a full end to his enemies	The idiom “make a full end” refers to causing his enemies to die. Alternate translation: “he will completely destroy his enemies” or “he will kill all his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -31,18 +31,18 @@ NAM	1	9	v6h3	figs-idiom		0	He will make a full end to it	The idiom “make a ful
 NAM	1	9	d3wc	figs-metonymy		0	trouble will not rise up a second time	This could mean: (1) “trouble” is a metonym for the punishment that Yahweh will inflict upon the people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will not have to punish you a second time” or (2) “trouble” refers to the trouble that the people cause by plotting against Yahweh. Alternate translation: “you will not cause trouble a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NAM	1	10	fkc6	figs-metaphor		0	they will become tangled up like thornbushes	This metaphor could mean: (1) the people who plot against Yahweh will not be able to free themselves from the trouble that Yahweh will bring upon them, like a person who is tangled up in thornbushes cannot easily free himself or (2) just as thornbushes burn more quickly when they are tangled together, Yahweh will quickly destroy those who plot against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	1	10	ip7l	figs-metaphor		0	they will be saturated in their own drink	Nahum speaks of those who plot against Yahweh suffering the consequences of their plans as if they were completely drunk with alcohol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NAM	1	10	x8il	figs-metaphor		0	they will be completely devoured by fire like dry stubble	Nahum speaks of Yahweh completely destroying those who plot against him as if fire would burn them up like fire burns up dry stubble. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire will completely devour them like it devours dry stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	1	10	x8il	figs-metaphor		0	they will be completely devoured by fire like dry stubble	Nahum speaks of Yahweh completely destroying those who plot against him as if fire would burn them up like fire burns up dry stubble. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire will completely devour them like it devours dry stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	1	10	tg7c	figs-metaphor		0	devoured by fire	Nahum speaks of fire burning something completely as if the fire were devouring that thing. Alternate translation: “burned up by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	1	11	ee38			0	promoted wickedness	encouraged people to do wicked things
 NAM	1	12	p1bp			0	General Information:	Yahweh speaks to the Israelites about Nineveh.
 NAM	1	12	uyz9			0	Even if they are at their full strength and full numbers	This refers to the Assyrians or to the people of Nineveh.
-NAM	1	12	p6cc	figs-metaphor		0	they will nevertheless be sheared	Yahweh speaks of destroying the people of Nineveh as if the were sheep that he will shear. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will nevertheless shear them” or “I will nevertheless destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	1	12	p6cc	figs-metaphor		0	they will nevertheless be sheared	Yahweh speaks of destroying the people of Nineveh as if the were sheep that he will shear. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will nevertheless shear them” or “I will nevertheless destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	1	13	qfl7	figs-metaphor		0	Now will I break that people’s yoke from off you; I will break your chains	Yahweh speaks of freeing Judah from Assyrian oppression as if he were breaking the yoke and chains that the Assyrians had placed on them. Alternate translation: “Now I will free you from that people and they will no longer oppress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	1	14	en7t	figs-metaphor		0	I will cut off the carved figures and the cast metal figures from the houses of your gods	Yahweh speaks of destroying the Assyrian idols as if he were cutting them off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. The word “house” is a metonym for the temples in which the people worshiped these idols. Alternate translation: “I will destroy the carved figures and the cast metal figures that are in the temples of your gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NAM	1	14	s2bh	figs-explicit		0	I will dig your graves	It is implied that Yahweh will also bury them in the graves that he digs for them. Alternate translation: “I will dig your graves and bury you in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NAM	1	15	n617	figs-synecdoche		0	on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news	Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 NAM	1	15	l31d			0	wicked one … he	Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person.
-NAM	1	15	ink2	figs-metaphor		0	he is completely cut off	Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	1	15	ink2	figs-metaphor		0	he is completely cut off	Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	2	intro	m3yl			0		# Nahum 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
 NAM	2	1	c5dg	writing-poetry		0	General Information:	Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NAM	2	1	xj69	figs-metaphor		0	The one who will dash you to pieces	The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -58,19 +58,19 @@ NAM	2	2	i6w3	figs-metaphor		0	destroyed their vine branches	This could mean: (1)
 NAM	2	3	sal2			0	The shields of his mighty men are red	This could mean: (1) the shields appear red as the light from the sun reflects upon their metal surfaces or (2) the shields are covered with leather that has been dyed red.
 NAM	2	3	tt35			0	his mighty men	the soldiers of the one “who will dash” Nineveh “to pieces” ([Nahum 2:1](../02/01.md)).
 NAM	2	3	shs8			0	the chariots flash with their metal	This likely refers to the light from the sun reflecting upon the metal chariots.
-NAM	2	3	i6a3	figs-activepassive		0	on the day that they are made ready	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the soldiers have made them ready” or “when the soldiers have prepared them to attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NAM	2	3	jtg2	figs-activepassive		0	the cypress spears are waved in the air	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers wave their cypress spears in the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	3	i6a3	figs-activepassive		0	on the day that they are made ready	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the soldiers have made them ready” or “when the soldiers have prepared them to attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	3	jtg2	figs-activepassive		0	the cypress spears are waved in the air	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers wave their cypress spears in the air” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	2	3	b24s	translate-unknown		0	cypress	a type of tree whose wood is good for weapons (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 NAM	2	4	l7yi			0	The chariots speed through the streets	Alternate translation: “The soldiers drive the chariots wildly through the streets”
 NAM	2	4	m4y1	figs-simile		0	They look like torches	Nahum compares the way that the light from the sun reflects upon the chariots with torches whose fire gives light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NAM	2	4	vee1	figs-simile		0	they run like lightning	Nahum compares the way that the light from the sun reflects upon the chariots, and the quickness with which the chariots move, with lightning that flashes quickly in the sky. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NAM	2	5	c6g1	figs-metaphor		0	The one who will dash you to pieces	The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. See how you translated this in [Nahum 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	2	5	frd3	figs-abstractnouns		0	in their march	The word “march” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “as they march” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-NAM	2	5	s3zw	figs-activepassive		0	The large shield is made ready to protect these attackers	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The attackers make ready the large shield to protect themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	5	s3zw	figs-activepassive		0	The large shield is made ready to protect these attackers	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The attackers make ready the large shield to protect themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	2	5	t834			0	The large shield	This refers to a large cover that those who besieged a city would set up over themselves and their battering rams to protect themselves against the arrows and other projectiles with which the people in the city would attack them.
-NAM	2	6	l4xl	figs-activepassive		0	The gates at the rivers are forced open	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemy forces open the gates at the rivers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	6	l4xl	figs-activepassive		0	The gates at the rivers are forced open	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemy forces open the gates at the rivers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	2	6	bi3c			0	The gates at the rivers	This refers to the gates that controlled the flow and direction of the river.
-NAM	2	7	v7es	figs-activepassive		0	Huzzab is stripped of her clothes and is taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemy strips Huzzab of her clothes and takes her away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	7	v7es	figs-activepassive		0	Huzzab is stripped of her clothes and is taken away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The enemy strips Huzzab of her clothes and takes her away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	2	7	x5zy	translate-unknown		0	Huzzab is stripped of her clothes and is taken away	The exact meaning of the word “Huzzab” is uncertain. Two This could mean: (1) it is the name of a queen in Nineveh and the sentence means that the attacking soldiers have stripped her of her clothes in order to humiliate her and then have carried her off into captivity or (2) it is the name of an idol and the sentence means that the attackers have stripped the gold and silver off the idol and have carried it away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NAM	2	7	wzf8			0	her female servants moan like doves	The moaning sounds that the female servants make sound like the sounds that doves make.
 NAM	2	7	c3va			0	her female servants	If the word “Huzzab” refers to a queen, then this phrase refers to the young women who attended her. If the word “Huzzab” refers to an idol, then this phrase refers to the young women who worked as temple prostitutes.
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ NAM	2	12	f3cw	figs-parallelism		0	filled his cave with victims, his dens with to
 NAM	2	13	hg33			0	See	Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.”
 NAM	2	13	mzs1	figs-metonymy		0	the sword will devour your young lions	Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	2	13	qg4y	figs-metaphor		0	I will cut off your prey from your land	Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. This could mean: (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NAM	2	13	vf1s	figs-activepassive		0	the voices of your messengers will be heard no more	This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	2	13	vf1s	figs-activepassive		0	the voices of your messengers will be heard no more	This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	intro	k8ee			0		# Nahum 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
 NAM	3	1	ki6n	figs-metonymy		0	the city full of blood	Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NAM	3	1	b6sa	figs-metonymy		0	It is all full of lies	Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -114,19 +114,19 @@ NAM	3	8	a2y2	figs-metaphor		0	whose defense was the ocean, whose wall was the se
 NAM	3	9	ega5			0	Cush and Egypt were her strength	Alternate translation: “Ethiopia and Egypt strengthened her” or “Cush and Egypt were her allies”
 NAM	3	9	knv4	figs-hyperbole		0	there was no end to it	The word “it” refers to the “strength” that Cush and Egypt gave to Thebes. That there was no end to it is a hyperbole that expresses the great amount of strength. Alternate translation: “their strength was very great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 NAM	3	9	c9nd	translate-names		0	Put and Libya	These are the names of places in northern Africa that were close to Thebes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NAM	3	10	jt2a	figs-metonymy		0	Yet Thebes was carried away	The word “Thebes” represents the people who lived in Thebes. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yet those who attacked Thebes carried the people away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	3	10	jt2a	figs-metonymy		0	Yet Thebes was carried away	The word “Thebes” represents the people who lived in Thebes. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yet those who attacked Thebes carried the people away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	10	h6s7	figs-metonymy		0	she went into captivity	The word “she” refers to Thebes and represents the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “they went into captivity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NAM	3	10	jht3	figs-activepassive		0	her young children were dashed in pieces	This is a brutal description of the soldiers killing children. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “enemy soldiers dashed her young children to pieces” or “enemy soldiers beat her young children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	3	10	jht3	figs-activepassive		0	her young children were dashed in pieces	This is a brutal description of the soldiers killing children. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “enemy soldiers dashed her young children to pieces” or “enemy soldiers beat her young children to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	10	h7t9	figs-metaphor		0	at the head of every street	The beginning of a street is spoken of as if it were the head. Also, “every” is a generalization that means many places all over the city. Alternate translation: “on every street corner” or “in the streets all over the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-NAM	3	10	hyc8	figs-activepassive		0	all her great men were bound in chains	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they bound all her great men in chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	3	10	hyc8	figs-activepassive		0	all her great men were bound in chains	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they bound all her great men in chains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	11	esd7	figs-metaphor		0	You also will become drunk	Here the word “You” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh suffering and dying in battle as if they had become drunk from drinking too much wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	3	12	lb3t	figs-explicit		0	All your fortresses	Here, the word **fortresses** could mean: (1) it refers to Nineveh’s fortifications, such as the wall that surrounded the city Alternate translation: “All of your fortifications” or “All of your defenses” or (2) it refers to the fortified cities that were situated along Assyria’s borders and prevented enemy armies from attacking Nineveh. Alternate translation: “All of your fortified cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NAM	3	12	uf4q	figs-simile		0	All your fortresses will be like fig trees with the earliest ripe figs: if they are shaken, they fall into the mouth of the eater	Nahum compares the ease with which the attackers will conquer Nineveh with the ease with which a person can cause ripe figs to fall from a tree. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will destroy your fortresses as easily as a person can shake a fig tree and eat the first ripe figs that fall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NAM	3	12	c8tt	figs-explicit		0	the earliest ripe figs	This refers to the figs that would ripen first on the tree. These figs fell from the tree easily, so that a person only had to shake the tree to make them fall. Figs that ripened later would require a person to climb the tree and pick them by hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NAM	3	12	w2un	figs-activepassive		0	if they are shaken	“if the trees are shaken.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a person shakes the trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	3	12	w2un	figs-activepassive		0	if they are shaken	“if the trees are shaken.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a person shakes the trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	12	k7ym	figs-hyperbole		0	they fall into the mouth of the eater	“the figs fall into the mouth of the eater.” This is an exaggeration. By saying that the figs fall from the tree into the mouth of the one who eats it, Nahum emphasizes that the figs are ready to eat immediately. Alternate translation: “a person can eat the fig immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 NAM	3	13	le29	figs-metaphor		0	the people among you are women	In this ancient culture, women were not warriors for a number of reasons, including their being generally weaker physically than men. Here Nahum speaks of Nineveh’s warriors losing their strength and courage to fight as if the people in the city were all women. Alternate translation: “your people are all like women who are weak and cannot defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NAM	3	13	cv1a	figs-activepassive		0	the gates of your land have been opened wide to your enemies	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gates of your land are wide open to your enemies” or “someone has opened wide to your enemies the gates of your land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NAM	3	13	cv1a	figs-activepassive		0	the gates of your land have been opened wide to your enemies	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gates of your land are wide open to your enemies” or “someone has opened wide to your enemies the gates of your land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NAM	3	13	sc8s	figs-metaphor		0	the gates of your land have been opened wide to your enemies	This could mean: (1) if “fortresses” in v. 12 refers to the Nineveh’s defenses, then “the gates of your land” refers to the gates in the walls around Nineveh. Alternate translation: “the gates of your city are wide open for your enemies to attack” or (2) if “fortresses” in v. 12 refers to the fortified cities that were situated along Assyria’s borders, then “the gates of your land” is a metaphor in which those cities are spoken of as if they were gates that prevented enemy armies from entering the land. Alternate translation: “your land is defenseless before your enemies because they have destroyed the cities that protected your borders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	3	13	ea7i	figs-metaphor		0	fire has devoured their bars	This could mean: (1) if “fortresses” in v. 12 refers to the Nineveh’s defenses, then “their bars” refers to the bars that locked the gates in the walls around Nineveh. Alternate translation: “fire has destroyed the bars that lock your city gates” or (2) if “fortresses” in v. 12 refers to the fortified cities that were situated along Assyria’s borders, then “their bars” is a metaphor in which those cities are spoken of as if they were locked gates that prevented enemy armies from entering the land. Alternate translation: “the cities on your borders can no longer protect you, just as gates can no longer protect a city when fire has destroyed their bars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NAM	3	13	i4p2	figs-metaphor		0	fire has devoured	Nahum speaks of fire burning up and destroying as if fire were eating. Alternate translation: “fire has destroyed” or “fire has burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
index 3a60176e58..c8ee4760e0 100644
--- a/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ HAB	1	4	sqe3	figs-metaphor		0	false justice goes out	Habakkuk speaks of judges g
 HAB	1	5	b6nu			0	General Information:	Yahweh responds to Habakkuk.
 HAB	1	5	xx8m	figs-doublet		0	be amazed and astonished	The words “amazed” and “astonished” share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the strength of the emotion. Alternate translation: “be very amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 HAB	1	5	j1ay	figs-idiom		0	in your days	This idiom refers to Habakkuk’s lifetime. Alternate translation: “during your lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-HAB	1	5	ubc3	figs-activepassive		0	when it is reported to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone reports it to you” or “when you hear about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HAB	1	5	ubc3	figs-activepassive		0	when it is reported to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone reports it to you” or “when you hear about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HAB	1	6	hw6s			0	look!	The word “look!” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
 HAB	1	6	cc7f			0	impetuous	This could mean: (1) “violent” or (2) “hasty.”
 HAB	1	6	l91v	figs-hyperbole		0	the breadth of the land	This could mean: (1) everywhere in Judah or (2) everywhere in the world. This would be an exaggeration to emphasize how powerful the Chaldean army is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ HAB	2	12	zan9	figs-explicit		0	who establishes a town in iniquity	It is implicit
 HAB	2	13	gru9	figs-rquestion		0	Is it not from Yahweh of hosts that peoples labor for fire and all the other nations weary themselves for nothing?	This negative rhetorical question emphasizes the positive answer that it anticipates. The two clauses share similar meanings that the work that people do will not last. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who has determined that the things that people work hard to build will be destroyed by fire and result in nothing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 HAB	2	13	s42e	figs-explicit		0	peoples labor for fire	This means that the things that people labor to build are ultimately destined to be fuel for fire. Alternate translation: “peoples labor to build things that will be used as fuel for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HAB	2	14	j8ng	figs-simile		0	the land will be filled with the knowledge of the glory of Yahweh as the waters cover the sea	This simile compares the way in which people everywhere will know of Yahweh’s glory with how water fills every part of the sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-HAB	2	14	y4eq	figs-abstractnouns		0	the land will be filled with the knowledge of the glory of Yahweh	The word “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people throughout the land will know the glory of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HAB	2	14	y4eq	figs-abstractnouns		0	the land will be filled with the knowledge of the glory of Yahweh	The word “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people throughout the land will know the glory of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HAB	2	15	xbs7	figs-metaphor		0	the one who forces his neighbors to drink … you make them drunk	The way that the Chaldeans cruelly treated other nations is spoken of as if they were a man who forces his neighbors to become drunk so that he can humiliate them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HAB	2	15	k19h	figs-explicit		0	the one who forces his neighbors to drink	It is implied that he makes his neighbor drink wine. Alternate translation: “the one who forces his neighbors to drink wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 HAB	2	15	tyu9	figs-explicit		0	in order to look at their nakedness	“so you can look at them when they are naked.” This refers to the practice of publicly humiliating people by stripping them naked in front of others. Alternate translation: “so that you can humiliate them publicly by stripping them naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ HAB	2	18	hdm4			0	a teacher of lies	This phrase refers to the one who carved or
 HAB	2	19	nlw7	figs-ellipsis		0	Or to the silent stone	The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “Woe to the one saying to the silent stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 HAB	2	19	a365	figs-rquestion		0	Do these things teach?	This rhetorical question emphasizes the negative answer that it anticipates. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot teach.” or “Wood and stone cannot teach.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 HAB	2	19	u5fx			0	See, it is overlaid	Alternate translation: “Look at it. You can see for yourself that it is overlaid”
-HAB	2	19	xks1	figs-activepassive		0	it is overlaid with gold and silver	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HAB	2	19	xks1	figs-activepassive		0	it is overlaid with gold and silver	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HAB	2	19	uq17	figs-idiom		0	there is no breath at all within it	The idiom “no breath … within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 HAB	2	20	qts3	figs-metonymy		0	all the land	Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HAB	3	intro	i7n7			0		# Habakkuk 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ HAB	3	4	d92s			0	there he hid his power	The word “there” refers to Yahweh’
 HAB	3	6	gh3f			0	He stood	This means that Yahweh stopped walking and stood still, not that he stood up from a seated position.
 HAB	3	6	yt5m			0	measured the earth	This could mean: (1) the word translated as “measured” can be “shook” or (2) he surveyed the earth the way a conqueror would before assigning portions to his governors.
 HAB	3	6	id6p			0	eternal mountains … everlasting hills	“mountains that have existed since the beginning of time … hills that will exist until the end of time.” If your language has no different words for “hills” and “mountains” or for “eternal” and “everlasting,” you can combine them as the UST has done.
-HAB	3	6	ey5u	figs-activepassive		0	Even the eternal mountains were shattered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Even the eternal mountains crumbled” or “He shattered even the eternal mountains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+HAB	3	6	ey5u	figs-activepassive		0	Even the eternal mountains were shattered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Even the eternal mountains crumbled” or “He shattered even the eternal mountains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 HAB	3	6	g6cm	figs-personification		0	the everlasting hills bowed down	The hills being flattened like level ground is spoken of as if they were people who bow down before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “the everlasting hills collapsed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 HAB	3	6	a4zl	figs-metaphor		0	His path is everlasting	This could mean: (1) the words “His path” may be a metaphor that speaks of Yahweh and his actions as a path on which he walks. Alternate translation: “He is everlasting” or (2) Habakkuk speaks of the path upon which Yahweh walks in the vision as being everlasting, indicating that this is the same path that Yahweh had taken in ancient times. Alternate translation: “He walks along an ancient path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HAB	3	7	ydk4	figs-metonymy		0	I saw the tents of Cushan in affliction, and the fabric of the tents in the land of Midian trembling	This could mean: (1) the words “the tents” and “the fabric of the tents” are metonyms for the people who live in those tents. Alternate translation: “I saw the people who live in tents in the land of Cushan in affliction, and the people who live in tents in the land of Midian trembling” or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of the tents in Cushan and Midian being blown about by a storm as if the tents were people who were trembling in affliction. Alternate translation: “I saw the tents of Cushan blown about like people in affliction, and the fabric of the tents in the land of Midian trembling as if they were people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
index d5233cdadd..b00f7be731 100644
--- a/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ ZEP	1	16	deb6	figs-doublet		0	a day of trumpets and alarms	The words “trumpets
 ZEP	1	16	da9h	figs-doublet		0	fortified cities and the high battlements	These two phrases both refer to military strongholds. Alternate translation: “well fortified cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ZEP	1	17	w66r			0	General Information:	Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:17-18 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
 ZEP	1	17	krq4	figs-simile		0	they will walk about like blind men	The result of Yahweh’s judgment is that people will be so confused and dazed when they walk about that people will think they are blind. Alternate translation: “they will walk around as confused and dazed as blind men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-ZEP	1	17	cq1r	figs-simile		0	Their blood will be poured out like dust	Their blood that is shed will be as worthless as dust. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will pour out their blood and consider it to be worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-ZEP	1	17	jrq1	figs-simile		0	their inner parts like dung	The verb “poured out” is understood here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+ZEP	1	17	cq1r	figs-simile		0	Their blood will be poured out like dust	Their blood that is shed will be as worthless as dust. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will pour out their blood and consider it to be worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+ZEP	1	17	jrq1	figs-simile		0	their inner parts like dung	The verb “poured out” is understood here. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ZEP	1	18	ai7h	figs-metaphor		0	the fire of his jealousy	Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ZEP	1	18	ij81	figs-explicit		0	all the inhabitants of the earth	It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEP	2	intro	t1it			0		# Zephaniah 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ ZEP	2	2	xg13	figs-parallelism		0	before the fierce anger of Yahweh’s wrath com
 ZEP	2	2	c8mp	figs-metonymy		0	Yahweh’s wrath	This stands for God’s intent to punish. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEP	2	3	rm7u	figs-metaphor		0	Seek Yahweh	Seeking **Yahweh** could mean: (1) asking God for help or (2) thinking about God and obeying him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEP	2	3	rg17	figs-abstractnouns		0	Seek righteousness. Seek humility	The abstract nouns “righteousness” and “humility” can be stated as actions. Alternate translation: “Try to do what is right and to be humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ZEP	2	3	s75g	figs-activepassive		0	you will be protected in the day of Yahweh’s wrath	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will protect you in the day of his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEP	2	3	s75g	figs-activepassive		0	you will be protected in the day of Yahweh’s wrath	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will protect you in the day of his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEP	2	4	r1bq			0	General Information:	In 2:4-15, Yahweh announces his judgment on the nations that surround Judah.
 ZEP	2	4	dth6			0	Gaza … Ashkelon … Ashdod … Ekron	These were the four major Philistine cities of that day.
 ZEP	2	4	f893	figs-parallelism		0	will be abandoned … will turn into a devastation	These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the complete destruction of these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ ZEP	2	9	dr9e	figs-parallelism		0	the remnant of my people … the remainder of m
 ZEP	2	12	ai2t			0	General Information:	In 2:4-15, Yahweh announces his judgment on the nations that surround Judah.
 ZEP	2	12	dr9y	figs-metonymy		0	You Cushites also will be pierced by my sword	Here “pieced by my sword” is a metonym for being killed in battle. Alternate translation: “I will kill you people of Cush in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEP	2	13	rqc2	figs-metonymy		0	God’s hand	Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “God’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ZEP	2	13	vj6j	figs-abstractnouns		0	an abandoned devastation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **devastation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “ruined and deserted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ZEP	2	13	vj6j	figs-abstractnouns		0	an abandoned devastation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **devastation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “ruined and deserted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ZEP	2	13	ra14	figs-simile		0	as dry as the desert	This means it will be so dry that nothing will grow there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ZEP	2	14	fgc1			0	every animal of the nations	Alternate translation: “every kind of animal”
 ZEP	2	14	rq3s			0	the screech owl	This term is uncertain. Some versions translate it as “hedgehog.”
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ ZEP	3	6	ie5c	figs-parallelism		0	I have made their streets ruins, so that no one
 ZEP	3	6	y9qd			0	no one passes over them	Alternate translation: “no one walks on them”
 ZEP	3	6	asi4			0	there is no man inhabiting them	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “all the people are dead”
 ZEP	3	7	mvv5	figs-quotations		0	I said, ‘Surely you will fear me … I have planned to do to you.’	This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I thought they would surely fear me and accept correction so that they would not be cut off from their homes by all that I have planned to do to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-ZEP	3	7	g15j	figs-idiom		0	and do not be cut off from your homes	Here “cut off” is an idiom that means to be removed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I will not remove you from your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEP	3	7	g15j	figs-idiom		0	and do not be cut off from your homes	Here “cut off” is an idiom that means to be removed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I will not remove you from your homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEP	3	7	u1c9			0	by corrupting all their deeds	Alternate translation: “by doing deeds that were corrupt”
 ZEP	3	8	lfl4			0	General Information:	In verse 3:8, Yahweh warns that he will judge all nations.
 ZEP	3	8	my26			0	wait for me … until the day	This phrase implies that they are waiting for judgment.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ ZEP	3	9	f339	figs-idiom		0	serve him shoulder to shoulder	Here “shoulder to sh
 ZEP	3	10	zs4q			0	beyond the river of Cush	This may refer to the area where Sudan is located today.
 ZEP	3	11	hvk2			0	General Information:	In verses 3:11-13, Yahweh encourages the remnant of Israel who survive the judgment.
 ZEP	3	11	ryq3			0	In that day … at that time	“When that happens … at that time.” These phrases here refer to the time of peace and restoration that immediately follows the day of Yahweh.
-ZEP	3	11	xcx2	figs-activepassive		0	will not be put to shame for all your deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will no longer be ashamed of all your deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEP	3	11	xcx2	figs-activepassive		0	will not be put to shame for all your deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will no longer be ashamed of all your deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEP	3	11	y6pj			0	those who celebrated your pride	Alternate translation: “all the people who are very proud”
 ZEP	3	12	q74i			0	General Information:	In verses 3:11-13, Yahweh encourages the remnant of Israel who survive the judgment.
 ZEP	3	12	c1gc	figs-metaphor		0	they will find refuge in the name of Yahweh	Yahweh’s protection of this remnant is spoke of as if he was a refuge or a fortress. Here “name of Yahweh” refers to his person. Alternate translation: “they will come to Yahweh and he will help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ ZEP	3	14	d6q3	figs-idiom		0	daughter of Zion … daughter of Jerusalem	Here “d
 ZEP	3	14	x7wg	figs-doublet		0	Be glad and rejoice	These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize how happy they should be. Alternate translation: “Be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 ZEP	3	14	qj83	figs-metonymy		0	with all your heart	Here “heart” refers to the inner being of a person. Alternate translation: “with all your inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEP	3	15	lb51	figs-idiom		0	Yahweh has taken away your punishment	Here to “take away” punishment is an idiom that means to stop doing it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has stopped punishing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ZEP	3	15	t4fy	figs-abstractnouns		0	You will never again fear evil	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **evil**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “You will no longer be afraid that people will harm you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ZEP	3	15	t4fy	figs-abstractnouns		0	You will never again fear evil	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **evil**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “You will no longer be afraid that people will harm you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ZEP	3	16	v9ia			0	In that day	“At that time” or “When this happens.” This phrase here refers to the time of peace and restoration that immediately follows the day of Yahweh.
 ZEP	3	16	eh5e	figs-metonymy		0	say to Jerusalem … Zion	The names of these cities here refer to the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “say to the people of Jerusalem … people of Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEP	3	16	pc5c	figs-metaphor		0	Do not let your hands falter	To feel weak or helpless is spoken of as if their hands became physically weak. Here “hands” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “Do not become weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
diff --git a/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv b/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv
index 10290db7b2..8403b018ad 100644
--- a/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_37-HAG.tsv
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ HAG	1	9	g652	figs-123person		0	declares Yahweh of hosts	Yahweh speaks of himself
 HAG	1	10	suc8	figs-metaphor		0	the heavens withhold the dew from you	The dew that appears at night is spoken of as if it formed in the sky and fell like rain. The sky is spoken of as if it were a person who refused to give a present or a parent who refused to feed his child. Alternate translation: “the sky does not allow the dew to fall” or “no dew forms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 HAG	1	11	a7ds	figs-personification		0	I have summoned a drought upon the land	Rain not falling for a long time is spoken of as if Yahweh had told a person to come and make the land dry. Alternate translation: “I have kept the rain from falling on the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 HAG	1	11	v7pk	figs-metonymy		0	upon the new wine, upon the oil	“Wine” and “oil” are metonyms for grapes and olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-HAG	1	11	ird4	figs-abstractnouns		0	all the labor of your hands	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **labor**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “work hard.” The labor that the hands perform is a metonym for the things that the labor produces. The hand is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “everything you have worked hard to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+HAG	1	11	ird4	figs-abstractnouns		0	all the labor of your hands	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **labor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “work hard.” The labor that the hands perform is a metonym for the things that the labor produces. The hand is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “everything you have worked hard to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HAG	1	12	n5g8	translate-names		0	Zerubbabel … Shealtiel … Joshua … Jehozadak … Haggai	See how you translated these men’s names in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 HAG	1	12	c4he	figs-metonymy		0	obeyed the voice of Yahweh … the words of Haggai	The voice and the words are metonyms for the persons. Alternate translation: “obeyed Yahweh and Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 HAG	1	12	e9sl	figs-synecdoche		0	the people feared the face of Yahweh	This could mean: (1) the face could be a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “the people feared Yahweh” or (2) the face could be a metonym for the person’s presence. Alternate translation: “the people were afraid to be in Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
diff --git a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
index bf6a8af0c0..b06841a8a9 100644
--- a/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ ZEC	1	15	z4b6	figs-idiom		0	I am very angry with the nations that are at ease	Th
 ZEC	1	15	vt8i			0	I was only a little angry with them	Alternate translation: “I was only a little angry with the people of Jerusalem”
 ZEC	1	15	ml6d	figs-explicit		0	they made the disaster worse	“the nations that are at ease made the disaster worse.” This means that although Yahweh used these nations to punish Jerusalem, they did more harm to Jerusalem than what Yahweh had intended for them to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEC	1	16	irm7	figs-metaphor		0	I have returned to Jerusalem with mercies	This could mean: (1) although Yahweh had left Jerusalem when the people had gone into exile, he will now return to Jerusalem when they have come back from exile or (2) Yahweh speaks of having a change of attitude towards the people of Jerusalem and again blessing them and helping them as if he were returning to the city. Alternate translation: “I will once again show mercy towards Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ZEC	1	16	mlv6	figs-metonymy		0	My house will be built within her	The word “her” refers to Jerusalem, and the word “house” is a metonym for the temple. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people will build my temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ZEC	1	16	qz6g	figs-explicit		0	the measuring line will be stretched out over Jerusalem	This refers to builders using their instruments to rebuild the city. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “builders will stretch out their measuring lines over Jerusalem” or “the people will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	1	16	mlv6	figs-metonymy		0	My house will be built within her	The word “her” refers to Jerusalem, and the word “house” is a metonym for the temple. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people will build my temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	1	16	qz6g	figs-explicit		0	the measuring line will be stretched out over Jerusalem	This refers to builders using their instruments to rebuild the city. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “builders will stretch out their measuring lines over Jerusalem” or “the people will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	1	17	xwc5			0	Again call out, saying	The angel who was speaking to Zechariah says these words.
 ZEC	1	17	c5zg	figs-metonymy		0	My cities will once again overflow with goodness	The phrase “my cities” refers to the cities of Judah and represents the people who live in those cities. Yahweh speaks of the inhabitants of those cities again being prosperous as if goodness were a liquid that overflowed the cities, which are its containers. Alternate translation: “My cities will once again be prosperous” or “The people in the cities of Judah will once again be prosperous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEC	1	17	e1cn	figs-metonymy		0	Yahweh will again comfort Zion	Here the word “Zion” refers to the people who live in the city. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will again comfort the people in Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ ZEC	5	1	ynu9			0	behold	The word “behold” here shows that Zechariah was surp
 ZEC	5	2	gh1w	translate-bdistance		0	twenty cubits long and ten cubits wide	A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “9.2 meters long and 4.6 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 ZEC	5	3	lv5p	figs-metonymy		0	This is the curse	The word “this” refers to the scroll. The scroll is a metonym for what is written on the scroll. Alternate translation: “On this scroll is the curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	5	3	mys3	figs-idiom		0	that goes out over the surface of the whole land	The phrase “the surface of the whole land” refers to every place within the land. It is implied that the curse will apply to every person who lives in the land. Alternate translation: “that is upon every person within the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ZEC	5	3	iha6	figs-metaphor		0	every thief will be cut off … everyone who swears a false oath will be cut off	Yahweh removing these people from the land is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cut off every thief … Yahweh will cut off everyone who swears a false oath” or “Yahweh will remove every thief from the land … Yahweh will remove from the land everyone who swears a false oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	5	3	iha6	figs-metaphor		0	every thief will be cut off … everyone who swears a false oath will be cut off	Yahweh removing these people from the land is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cut off every thief … Yahweh will cut off everyone who swears a false oath” or “Yahweh will remove every thief from the land … Yahweh will remove from the land everyone who swears a false oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	5	3	pu8h			0	what it says on the one side … what it says on the other side	Alternate translation: “what the scroll says on one side … what the scroll says on the other side”
 ZEC	5	4	jt2j			0	I will send it out	Alternate translation: “I will send out the curse”
 ZEC	5	4	alf7	figs-123person		0	this is the declaration of Yahweh of hosts	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh of hosts has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ ZEC	5	4	y2v5	figs-metaphor		0	consume its timber and stones	The curse destroying
 ZEC	5	5	j4s3	figs-synecdoche		0	Raise your eyes	The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “Look up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 ZEC	5	6	mb23	translate-bvolume		0	This is a basket containing an ephah that is coming	An “ephah” is a unit of measurement for dry materials and is equal to 22 liters. Here the word is a metonym for the container that would hold an ephah of dry material. Alternate translation: “This is a measuring basket that is coming” or “This is a large container that is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	5	6	bcy6	writing-symlanguage		0	This is their iniquity in the whole land	The basket symbolizes the people’s iniquity, but it is not literally their iniquity. Alternate translation: “This basket represents the iniquity of the people throughout the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
-ZEC	5	7	un6a	figs-activepassive		0	a lead covering was lifted off the basket	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: someone lifted a lead covering off the basket” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	5	7	un6a	figs-activepassive		0	a lead covering was lifted off the basket	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: someone lifted a lead covering off the basket” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	5	7	nn4h			0	there was a woman under it sitting in it	Alternate translation: “there was a woman under the lead covering sitting in the basket”
 ZEC	5	8	xg5w	writing-symlanguage		0	This is Wickedness	The woman represents wickedness. Alternate translation: “This woman represents wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 ZEC	5	8	glc2			0	He threw her … he threw the lead cover	“He thrust her … he forced the lead cover.” The word “threw” indicates the force with which the angel did these things. He did not literally throw the woman or the cover.
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ ZEC	5	9	mt2r	figs-idiom		0	wind was in their wings	This idiom means that they we
 ZEC	5	9	gde6			0	they had wings like a stork’s wings	A stork is a type of large bird that has a wingspan of two to four meters. Zechariah compares the size of the women’s wings with the size of the stork’s wings.
 ZEC	5	9	xf59	figs-merism		0	They lifted up the basket between earth and heaven	The words “earth” and “heaven” form a merism that refer to the sky. It is implicit that the two women flew away with the basket. Alternate translation: “They lifted the basket up into the sky and flew away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEC	5	11	dyi3	figs-ellipsis		0	To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it	The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ZEC	5	11	un6q	figs-activepassive		0	the basket will be set there	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	5	11	un6q	figs-activepassive		0	the basket will be set there	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	5	11	gtm8			0	on its prepared base	The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
 ZEC	6	intro	z96r			0		# Zechariah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
 ZEC	6	1	wvi1	figs-synecdoche		0	lifted my eyes	Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ ZEC	6	12	ihw2	figs-metaphor		0	his name is Branch	The word “Branch” refers t
 ZEC	6	12	w53q	figs-metaphor		0	He will grow up where he is	The phrase “grow up” refers to the growth of a plant, and so continues the metaphor of this person as a “Branch.” This likely refers to this person appearing or coming into power as the one who would supervise the rebuilding of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEC	6	13	lm52			0	He will be a priest on his throne	This could mean: (1) the “Branch” will be both priest and king or (2) the “Branch” will be king, and another person will be a priest who will share the royal power. Alternate translation: “There will be a priest upon his throne”
 ZEC	6	13	uyq6			0	he will bear a counsel of peace between the two	The words “the two” refer to the roles of king and priest. The meaning of this phrase depends upon the meaning of the previous phrase. This could mean: (1) the “Branch” will faithfully carry out his duties as both priest and king and not forsake one in order to fulfill the other or (2) the “Branch” who serves as king and the other person who serves as a priest will each carry out their duties faithfully and they will work together in peace.
-ZEC	6	14	ea75	figs-activepassive		0	The crown will given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will give the crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	6	14	ea75	figs-activepassive		0	The crown will given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will give the crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	6	14	xn98	translate-names		0	Heldai, Tobijah, Jedaiah … Hen	These are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Zechariah 6:10](../06/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 ZEC	6	14	f3px			0	for Hen son of Zephaniah as a memorial	Some modern versions interpret this phrase as “as a memorial to the generosity of the son of Zephaniah” or “as a memorial to the one who is gracious, the son of Zephaniah.” Also, some modern versions interpret the name “Hen” as meaning the name “Josiah.”
 ZEC	6	15	e6jp	figs-explicit		0	those who are far off	This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ ZEC	8	14	ry4z			0	provoked my anger	Alternate translation: “angered me”
 ZEC	8	14	pw4j			0	did not relent	Alternate translation: “did not decide to punish them less”
 ZEC	8	15	tg1a	figs-metonymy		0	Jerusalem	This is a metonym for the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	8	16	r54n			0	that you must do	“You” refers to the people of Judah.
-ZEC	8	16	iy65	figs-abstractnouns		0	Speak truth, every person with his neighbor	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “Everyone must say only true things to his neighbor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ZEC	8	16	iy65	figs-abstractnouns		0	Speak truth, every person with his neighbor	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **truth**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “Everyone must say only true things to his neighbor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ZEC	8	16	m4ld			0	his neighbor	Here “neighbor” means any person, not just someone who lives nearby.
 ZEC	8	16	u5kf	figs-abstractnouns		0	Judge with truth, justice, and peace in your gates	This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “truth,” “justice,” and “peace.” Alternate translation: “When you are making decisions in your gates, judge in a way that is true and just and causes people to live peacefully with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ZEC	8	16	k4ez	figs-explicit		0	in your gates	The assumed knowledge is that this refers to the places where judgment took place. Alternate translation: “in your places of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ ZEC	9	3	vi9s	figs-personification		0	built herself a stronghold	Here the city of
 ZEC	9	3	p2xv	figs-hyperbole		0	heaped up silver like dust and refined gold like mud in the streets	Yahweh exaggerates to emphasize how rich Tyre was. Alternate translation: “accumulated silver and gold as much as soil in the streets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ZEC	9	4	ps4e			0	Look! The Lord will dispossess her	Here “Look!” tells the reader to pay attention to the important statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Pay attention! The Lord will take away Tyre’s possessions”
 ZEC	9	4	nf2a	figs-metonymy		0	destroy her strength on the sea	Tyre’s “strength on the sea” refers to the ships that were used for commerce and conquest. Alternate translation: “destroy Tyre’s ships in which men fight on the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ZEC	9	4	rk76	figs-activepassive		0	so she will be devoured by fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and enemies will burn the city to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	9	4	rk76	figs-activepassive		0	so she will be devoured by fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and enemies will burn the city to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	9	5	zx4k	figs-metonymy		0	Ashkelon … Gaza … Ekron, her hopes	These cities each refer to the people who live in them. Alternate translation: “The people of Ashkelon … the people of Gaza … the hopes of the people of Ekron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	9	5	ae33			0	will see	Alternate translation: “will see Tyre be destroyed”
 ZEC	9	6	fmu2			0	Strangers will make their homes in Ashdod	Alternate translation: “Foreigners will take over Ashdod and live there”
@@ -389,14 +389,14 @@ ZEC	11	intro	up7e			0		# Zechariah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and form
 ZEC	11	1	d6vm	figs-metaphor		0	Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour	Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	11	1	kmf3	figs-metaphor		0	fire may devour your cedars	Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEC	11	2	fu2k	figs-personification		0	Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen	Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ZEC	11	2	fq53	figs-activepassive		0	What was majestic has been devastated	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The majestic cedar trees are no more” or “The cedar trees were once majestic, but now they are ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	11	2	fq53	figs-activepassive		0	What was majestic has been devastated	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The majestic cedar trees are no more” or “The cedar trees were once majestic, but now they are ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	11	2	gbt2	figs-personification		0	Lament, you oaks of Bashan, for the strong forest has gone down.	The oaks of Bash are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the oak trees in Bashan were people, they would wail, for their thick forests are gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ZEC	11	3	pb1q			0	The shepherds howl	Alternate translation: “The shepherds cry out loudly”
 ZEC	11	3	ji77	figs-metonymy		0	for their glory has been destroyed	Here “their glory” probably represents the rich pastures that the shepherds led their sheep to. Alternate translation: “for their rich pastures are ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	11	3	h9cl	figs-metonymy		0	for the pride of the Jordan River has been devastated	Here “the pride” probably represents the forests that grew near the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “because the trees and shrubbery where they lived by the Jordan River are ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	11	4	zxx9	translate-symaction		0	General Information:	In 11:4-17 is a story about two shepherds. This could mean: (1) Zechariah actually became a shepherd over a flock as a symbolic act showing how Yahweh will treat his people or (2) Zechariah tells a parable that teaches how Yahweh will treat his people. Since it is uncertain which of these meanings is correct, it would be best not to specify either option in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 ZEC	11	4	u48q			0	watch over the flock set aside for slaughter	Alternate translation: “take care of a flock of sheep that the owners plan to slaughter”
-ZEC	11	5	ip1w	figs-activepassive		0	are not punished	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one punishes them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	11	5	ip1w	figs-activepassive		0	are not punished	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one punishes them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	11	6	ljs6	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 ZEC	11	6	f3ps			0	See!	Alternate translation: “Listen!” or “Pay attention!”
 ZEC	11	6	t499	figs-rpronouns		0	I myself	The word “myself” is used to emphasize that it is Yahweh who will do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
@@ -405,8 +405,8 @@ ZEC	11	6	sr77	figs-metonymy		0	none of them will I deliver them from their hand
 ZEC	11	7	jsk4			0	for those who dealt in sheep	Alternate translation: “for those who bought and sold sheep”
 ZEC	11	7	gy5l			0	Favor	Other versions of the Bible translate this word as “grace,” “beauty,” or “pleasant.”
 ZEC	11	8	kqz7			0	I became impatient with them,	This could mean: (1) “them” refers to the three shepherds or (2) “them” refers to the sheep owners.
-ZEC	11	9	cnt4	figs-activepassive		0	the sheep that are being destroyed—let them be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sheep that are perishing—let them perish” or “the sheep that are to wander and get lost—let them get lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ZEC	11	11	m881	figs-activepassive		0	the covenant was broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the covenant ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	11	9	cnt4	figs-activepassive		0	the sheep that are being destroyed—let them be destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sheep that are perishing—let them perish” or “the sheep that are to wander and get lost—let them get lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	11	11	m881	figs-activepassive		0	the covenant was broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the covenant ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	11	11	ve5p	figs-explicit		0	knew that Yahweh had spoken	It is implied that those watching knew Yahweh was giving them a message through the breaking of the staff. Alternate translation: “knew that Yahweh had given them a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEC	11	12	x7fr	figs-explicit		0	thirty pieces of silver	It is implied that this was very little pay for the shepherd. Alternate translation: “only thirty pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEC	11	12	zf3a	translate-numbers		0	thirty pieces	“30 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ ZEC	12	4	h97f			0	General Information:	These verses continue telling about the c
 ZEC	12	4	w42z	figs-metaphor		0	Over the house of Judah I will open my eyes	Opening eyes over someone here is a metaphor for wanting to do good things for that person. Alternate translation: “I will do good things for the house of Judah” or “I will protect the house of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEC	12	4	jgj7	figs-metonymy		0	the house of Judah	Here “house” represents people. Alternate translation: “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	12	5	g3n8	figs-metonymy		0	say in their hearts	Here “hearts” represents a person’s mind. Alternate translation: “think to themselves” or “say to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ZEC	12	5	w95z	figs-abstractnouns		0	are our strength	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **strength**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “strong” or “encourage.” Alternate translation: “make us strong” or “encourage us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ZEC	12	5	w95z	figs-abstractnouns		0	are our strength	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **strength**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “strong” or “encourage.” Alternate translation: “make us strong” or “encourage us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ZEC	12	5	u38m			0	Yahweh of hosts, their God	Alternate translation: “Yahweh of hosts, the God they worship”
 ZEC	12	6	zv3y	figs-simile		0	like firepots among wood … standing grain	This simile means Yahweh will enable the leaders of Judah to be strong and able to lead the people to defeat their enemies. Alternate translation: “like firepots among stacked firewood … unharvested stalks of grain standing in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ZEC	12	6	cjb8			0	firepots	clay pots in which ancient people often carried burning coals
@@ -458,12 +458,12 @@ ZEC	12	12	jj6q	figs-metonymy		0	The land will mourn	This represents all the peop
 ZEC	12	12	qth7	figs-metonymy		0	The clan of the house of David … The clan of the house of Nathan	Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of David … The descendants of Nathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	12	13	r6fc	figs-metonymy		0	The clan of the house of Levi	Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	13	intro	jz2l			0		# Zechariah 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
-ZEC	13	1	f2a5	figs-metaphor		0	a spring will be opened … for their sin and impurity	Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens … to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	13	1	f2a5	figs-metaphor		0	a spring will be opened … for their sin and impurity	Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens … to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	13	1	f3zc			0	a spring	a place where water flows naturally out of the ground
 ZEC	13	1	s36v	figs-metonymy		0	the house of David	Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	13	2	x2wt	figs-123person		0	this is the declaration of Yahweh of hosts	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh of hosts has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 ZEC	13	2	v452	figs-metaphor		0	I will cut off the names of the idols from the land	Causing the people to no longer mention the names of idols is spoken of as if Yahweh would “cut off the names of the idols from the land.” Alternate translation: “I will cause the people to no longer mention the names of the idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ZEC	13	2	u9ue	figs-idiom		0	they will no longer be remembered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they no longer think about the idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	13	2	u9ue	figs-idiom		0	they will no longer be remembered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they no longer think about the idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	13	2	mck6	figs-metaphor		0	I will remove the prophets and the spirit of impurity from the land	The prophets may refer to “false prophets.” The spirit of impurity is spoken of as if it were physically unclean. Alternate translation: “I will also remove from the land the false prophets and their evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ZEC	13	3	l7gb	figs-explicit		0	to prophesy	It is implied that these are false prophecies. Alternate translation: “to prophesy falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ZEC	13	3	rx4l	figs-distinguish		0	his father and mother who bore him	The phrase “who bore him” describes “his father and mother” in order to express surprise that someone’s own parents would treat him in this way. Alternate translation: “his own father and mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@@ -491,14 +491,14 @@ ZEC	14	intro	ljq3			0		# Zechariah 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and form
 ZEC	14	1	zs1r			0	General Information:	This chapter describes the final war for the city of Jerusalem and how God will save it.
 ZEC	14	1	a7h2	figs-metaphor		0	A day for Yahweh is coming when your plunder will be divided in your midst	A future time is spoken of as if “a day is coming.” The phrase “will be divided” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soon Yahweh will judge you, and he will allow your enemies to take all of your possessions and divide if for themselves while you watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	14	2	q4hu	figs-hyperbole		0	I will gather every nation against Jerusalem for battle	Here “every nation” is a generalization that means “many nations.” Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to attack Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-ZEC	14	2	qi2n	figs-activepassive		0	the city will be captured	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your enemies will capture the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ZEC	14	2	lk8a	figs-activepassive		0	The houses will be plundered and the women raped	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Enemies will plunder the houses and rape the women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ZEC	14	2	cej1	figs-activepassive		0	the remainder of the people will not be cut off from the city	Not removing people from the city is spoken of as if the people will not be “cut off.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your enemies will allow the remaining people to stay in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	14	2	qi2n	figs-activepassive		0	the city will be captured	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your enemies will capture the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	14	2	lk8a	figs-activepassive		0	The houses will be plundered and the women raped	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Enemies will plunder the houses and rape the women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	14	2	cej1	figs-activepassive		0	the remainder of the people will not be cut off from the city	Not removing people from the city is spoken of as if the people will not be “cut off.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your enemies will allow the remaining people to stay in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	14	3	l9z1			0	General Information:	These verses continue the description of the final war for the city of Jerusalem and of how God will save it. In this prophecy, Yahweh is described as a warrior who will come and fight in battle.
 ZEC	14	3	m5ez			0	as when he wages war on the day of battle	Alternate translation: “just as he fought battles in the past”
 ZEC	14	4	v1g4			0	On that day	Alternate translation: “At that time”
 ZEC	14	4	ak3r	figs-synecdoche		0	his feet will stand on the Mount of Olives	Here “feet” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he will stand on the Mount of Olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ZEC	14	4	kpm4	figs-activepassive		0	The Mount of Olives will be split … by a very great valley	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The presences of Yahweh will split the Mount of Olives … causing there to be a very great valley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	14	4	kpm4	figs-activepassive		0	The Mount of Olives will be split … by a very great valley	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The presences of Yahweh will split the Mount of Olives … causing there to be a very great valley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	14	5	x9i7			0	General Information:	These verses continue the description of the final war for the city of Jerusalem and of how God will save her.
 ZEC	14	5	u952	figs-you		0	you will flee	Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 ZEC	14	5	n974			0	between Yahweh’s mountains	This refers to the mountains created after the Mount of Olives split in half.
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ ZEC	14	5	mw1g			0	the holy ones	This probably refers to God’s angels.
 ZEC	14	6	g29k			0	General Information:	These verses continue the description of the final war for the city of Jerusalem and of how God will save her.
 ZEC	14	6	qjd1			0	On that day	Alternate translation: “At that time”
 ZEC	14	6	z2kn	figs-explicit		0	there will be no light	It is implied that there will be no light from the sun. Alternate translation: “there will be no light from the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ZEC	14	7	yli2	figs-activepassive		0	a day known only to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “only Yahweh knows when that day will begin” or “only Yahweh knows when that time will begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ZEC	14	7	yli2	figs-activepassive		0	a day known only to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “only Yahweh knows when that day will begin” or “only Yahweh knows when that time will begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ZEC	14	8	v254	figs-idiom		0	living waters	This normally means running or flowing water, rather than still or stagnant water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ZEC	14	8	wpw5			0	the eastern sea	This refers to the Dead Sea, which is east of Jerusalem.
 ZEC	14	8	uks5			0	the western sea	This refers to the Mediterranean Sea.
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ ZEC	14	10	rki8	figs-explicit		0	the king’s winepresses	This probably refers to
 ZEC	14	11	gbk1	figs-metonymy		0	Jerusalem will live in safety	Here “Jerusalem” represents the people. Alternate translation: “The people will live safely in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ZEC	14	12	qiz5			0	General Information:	These verses continue the description of the final war for the city of Jerusalem and of how God will save her.
 ZEC	14	12	wg9q			0	even as they are standing on their feet	“while they are still standing up.” This emphasizes how quickly their flesh will rot away. They will not even have time to lie down.
-ZEC	14	13	w6fr	figs-abstractnouns		0	that great fear from Yahweh will come among them	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “terrified.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause the people to be very terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ZEC	14	13	w6fr	figs-abstractnouns		0	that great fear from Yahweh will come among them	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **fear**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “terrified.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cause the people to be very terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ZEC	14	13	yl73	figs-idiom		0	Each one will seize the hand of another, and the hand of one will be raised up against the hand of another	These are idioms that refer to being hostile towards another person. Alternate translation: “Each person will grab someone, and they will fight each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ZEC	14	14	jps4			0	General Information:	These verses continue the description of the final war for the city of Jerusalem and of how God will save her.
 ZEC	14	14	n8dy	figs-metonymy		0	Judah will also fight against Jerusalem	Here “Judah” and “Jerusalem” represent the people that live there. Alternate translation: “Even the other people in Judah will fight against the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
diff --git a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
index 480f939e45..e37f105cf1 100644
--- a/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ MAL	1	14	v5fd	figs-activepassive		0	my name will be honored among the nations	Th
 MAL	1	14	z5ra	figs-metonymy		0	my name will be honored	Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAL	2	intro	jc2b			0		# Malachi 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAL	2	2	y1il	figs-idiom		0	lay it on your heart	This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MAL	2	2	w6cs	figs-abstractnouns		0	give honor to my name	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MAL	2	2	w6cs	figs-abstractnouns		0	give honor to my name	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **honor**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAL	2	2	e4vh	figs-metonymy		0	my name	Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MAL	2	2	k5md	figs-abstractnouns		0	I will send a curse on you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will curse you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MAL	2	2	k5md	figs-abstractnouns		0	I will send a curse on you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **curse**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I will curse you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAL	2	2	b7vl	figs-idiom		0	you are not laying my command on your heart	This refers to considering God’s command to be very important. Alternate translation: “you are not considering my command to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MAL	2	3	vsb2	figs-metaphor		0	I will spread dung on your faces	Here “dung on your faces” stands for disgrace. Alternate translation: “I will most certainly put you in deep disgrace; it will be as bad as if I had spread dung on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAL	2	3	skc9	figs-metonymy		0	the dung from your festivals	Here “festivals” stands for the animals that the priests offered in sacrifice at the Israelite festivals. “The dung” probably refers both to the dung that was produced by the animals just before they were slaughtered for sacrifice, and to the dung that was found inside the animals when their bodies were cut apart before being sacrificed. Temple workers had to transport this dung to a place outside of the temple, and probably outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ MAL	2	6	ws89	figs-metaphor		0	in peace and uprightness	Here the idea of location
 MAL	2	6	p1lh	figs-metaphor		0	he turned many away from sin	Here persuading people to stop sinning is spoken of as if it were turning them away from sin. Alternate translation: “he persuaded many people to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAL	2	6	fxl1	figs-metaphor		0	lips	Here “lips” stands for a person’s ability to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAL	2	7	kp5v	figs-metaphor		0	For a priest’s lips should keep knowledge	Here knowledge is spoken of as if it were an object that a priest could keep. In this passage, the idea of “keep knowledge” implies communicating true knowledge about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MAL	2	7	d2la	figs-abstractnouns		0	seek instruction	Here instruction is spoken of as if it were an object that people could look for. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ****, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “want to be instructed” or “want a priest to teach them truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MAL	2	7	d2la	figs-abstractnouns		0	seek instruction	Here instruction is spoken of as if it were an object that people could look for. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ****, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “want to be instructed” or “want a priest to teach them truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAL	2	7	sp8u	figs-metonymy		0	from his mouth	Here “mouth” stands for what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MAL	2	8	si1s	figs-metaphor		0	you have turned away from the true path	The right way to behave is spoken of as if it were the right path to follow, and abandoning right conduct is spoken of as if it were turning away from that path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAL	2	8	um6v	figs-metaphor		0	You have caused many to stumble	Disobeying God is spoken of as if it were stumbling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ MAL	3	7	l1ir	figs-rquestion		0	How will we return?	The people ask this question
 MAL	3	8	dn4i	figs-rquestion		0	Would a person rob God?	This question implies that the idea of robbing God is very wicked. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. God speaks of himself in the third person Alternate translation: “A man should certainly not rob God.” or “No one should ever rob me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MAL	3	8	ijc5	figs-rquestion		0	How have we robbed you?	This question implies that the people do not think they have robbed God. Alternate translation: “We have certainly not robbed you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MAL	3	8	cy6m	figs-explicit		0	In tithes and offerings	This reply from Yahweh implies a fuller answer. Alternate translation: “You have robbed me by withholding from me your tithes and offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MAL	3	9	grs1	figs-activepassive		0	You are cursed with a curse	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MAL	3	9	grs1	figs-activepassive		0	You are cursed with a curse	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have certainly cursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MAL	3	9	mr47			0	you are robbing me, the whole nation	Here “nation” stands for the people to whom Yahweh is speaking. Alternate translation: “all of you in the whole nation are robbing me”
 MAL	3	10	n4ch			0	the full tithe	Alternate translation: “all the tithes”
 MAL	3	10	dmr8	figs-metaphor		0	my house	Here “house” stands for the temple. Alternate translation: “my temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ MAL	4	2	n991	figs-metaphor		0	wings	It was common in the Ancient Near East to sp
 MAL	4	2	is44	figs-simile		0	You will go out, and you will leap like calves from the stall	Here the redeemed people of Yahweh are spoken of as if they were young bulls released from their stalls, allowed to go out into their pasture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MAL	4	3	cn2r	figs-metaphor		0	you will trample down the wicked, for they will be ashes under the soles of your feet	Here the victory of God’s people is spoken of as if they were walking over the burned bodies of their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MAL	4	3	f8ct			0	they will be ashes	The Israelites’ enemies are spoken of as having been burned to ashes ([Malachi 4:1](../04/01.md)).
-MAL	4	4	if2v	figs-abstractnouns		0	Remember the teaching of my servant Moses that I gave him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **teaching**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “taught.” Alternate translation: “Remember what I taught my servant Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MAL	4	4	if2v	figs-abstractnouns		0	Remember the teaching of my servant Moses that I gave him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **teaching**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “taught.” Alternate translation: “Remember what I taught my servant Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MAL	4	4	td5c			0	Remember	Here “Remember” stands for “Think about” and, at the same time, “Obey.”
 MAL	4	4	n5dr			0	Horeb	This is another name for Sinai.
 MAL	4	4	r85g	figs-metonymy		0	all Israel	Here “all Israel” is a reference to all the people in the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
index ca743e46cd..5d000330d5 100644
--- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
@@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ LUK	12	26	hl4d	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύ
 LUK	12	26	l779	figs-nominaladj	ἐλάχιστον	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	12	26	l780	figs-explicit	τῶν λοιπῶν	1	the rest	The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	27	h293		κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει	1	Consider the lilies—how they grow	Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
-LUK	12	27	s8d3	translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	the lilies	The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	12	27	s8d3	translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	the lilies	The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you can use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	27	u3mf	translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	neither do they spin	In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	27	l781		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν	1	But I say to you, not even Solomon	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
 LUK	12	27	nug5	figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	Solomon in all his glory	The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
diff --git a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
index 178f36ccd0..f5f1de9e08 100644
--- a/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
@@ -64,17 +64,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	1	12	a57r	figs-possession	ἐγὼ μέν εἰμι Παύλου, ἐγὼ δὲ Ἀπολλῶ, ἐγὼ δὲ Κηφᾶ, ἐγὼ δὲ Χριστοῦ	1	Each one of you says	Here Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that these people claim to be part of a specific leader’s group. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could express this idea with a word such as “belong” or “follow.” Alternate translation: “‘I follow Paul,’ or ‘I follow Apollos,’ or ‘I follow Cephas,’ or ‘I follow Christ.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1CO	1	13	iam2	figs-123person	μὴ Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἢ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου ἐβαπτίσθητε	1		In this verse, Paul speaks of himself in the third person. This could sound like he is speaking about a different **Paul** than himself. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **Paul**, you could clarify that Paul is naming himself. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, was not crucified for you, was I? Or were you baptized in my name, Paul?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 1CO	1	13	wf6r	figs-rquestion	μεμέρισται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Is Christ divided?	Paul asks if **Christ** has **been divided**, but he is not really asking for information. Rather, the question assumes that the answer is “no,” and Paul uses a question to invite the Corinthians to think about how absurd their behavior is. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this question, you could express the idea with a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: “Christ has certainly not been divided!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	1	13	w175	figs-activepassive	μεμέρισται ὁ Χριστός?	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **divided** rather than whoever does the “dividing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Have they divided Christ?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	1	13	w175	figs-activepassive	μεμέρισται ὁ Χριστός?	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **divided** rather than whoever does the “dividing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Have they divided Christ?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	1	13	aw2r	figs-metaphor	μεμέρισται ὁ Χριστός	1		Here Paul speaks as if **Christ** could be **divided** into pieces and given to different groups. He speaks this way because he identifies the church with the body of Christ. If the church is divided into groups, then the body of Christ has been divided up as well. However, it is absurd to think that Christ’s body has been cut up into pieces, so it is also absurd to divide the church into pieces. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this phrase, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “Has Christ’s own body been divided, just as your church has been divided?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	1	13	g5qh	figs-rquestion	μὴ Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν	1	Was Paul crucified for you?	Paul asks if **Paul was not crucified**, but he is not really asking for information. Rather, the question assumes that the answer is “no,” and Paul uses a question to invite the Corinthians to think about how absurd their thinking is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: “Paul was certainly not crucified for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	1	13	lqsy	figs-activepassive	μὴ Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the one who is **crucified** rather than whoever does the “crucifying.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They did not crucify Paul for you, did they?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	1	13	lqsy	figs-activepassive	μὴ Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the one who is **crucified** rather than whoever does the “crucifying.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They did not crucify Paul for you, did they?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	1	13	tb2i	figs-rquestion	ἢ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου ἐβαπτίσθητε?	1	Were you baptized in the name of Paul?	Paul asks if they **were baptized in the name of Paul**, but he is not really asking for information. Rather, the question assumes that the answer is “no,” and Paul uses a question to invite the Corinthians to think about how absurd their thinking is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negative statement. Alternate translation: “You were certainly not baptized in the name of Paul!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	1	13	tii7	figs-activepassive	ἢ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου ἐβαπτίσθητε?	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **baptized** rather than whoever does the “baptizing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Or did they baptize you in the name of Paul?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	1	13	tii7	figs-activepassive	ἢ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου ἐβαπτίσθητε?	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **baptized** rather than whoever does the “baptizing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Or did they baptize you in the name of Paul?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	1	13	zi1y	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου	1	in the name of Paul	Here Paul uses the word **name** to refer to authority. What he means is that, when they were baptized, no one used the **name of Paul**, and therefore they do not belong to his group. Instead, he implicitly asserts that they belong to God, whose name would have been used when they were baptized. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this word, you could express this idea by using the word “authority” or by a phrase that includes the language of “belonging.” Alternate translation: “under the authority of Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	1	14	hhh8	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδένα ὑμῶν ἐβάπτισα, εἰ μὴ	1	none of you, except	If it would appear in your language that Paul is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword the sentence to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I baptized only two of you:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 1CO	1	14	vqq6	translate-names	Κρίσπον…Γάϊον	1	Crispus	**Crispus** and **Gaius** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1CO	1	15	hv3m	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	This was so that no one would say that you were baptized into my name	Here, **so that** introduces a purpose or result. In this case, it introduces what results from Paul not baptizing many of the Corinthians. Because he did not baptize almost any of them, they cannot say that they were baptized into his name. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could use a word that indicates result, and you could specify that it is the result of Paul not baptizing many of them. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “The result is that” or “Therefore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1CO	1	15	dwdv	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα ἐβαπτίσθητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **baptized** rather than whoever does the “baptizing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone baptized you into my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	1	15	dwdv	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα ἐβαπτίσθητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **baptized** rather than whoever does the “baptizing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone baptized you into my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	1	15	u8f6	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα	1		Here, just as in [1:13](../01/13.md), Paul uses the word **name** to refer to authority. What he means is that, when they were baptized, no one used Paul’s **name**, and therefore they do not belong to his group. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this word, you could express this idea by using the word “authority” or by a phrase that includes the language of “belonging.” Alternate translation: “under my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	1	16	mq74	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **Now** interrupts the argument and reintroduces the theme of [1:14](../01/14.md), which is about whom Paul baptized. If your readers would misunderstand this transition, you could express this idea by using punctuation that indicates a brief aside or parenthesis, or you could use a phrase that introduces when someone remembers something. Alternate translation: “Speaking of baptizing, I remember that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1CO	1	16	ed59	translate-names	Στεφανᾶ	1	the household of Stephanas	**Stephanas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	1	18	m66w	figs-distinguish	τοῖς δὲ σῳζομένοις ἡμῖν	1		The description **who are being saved** distinguishes **us** from everyone else. It is not just adding information. Use a form in your language that shows that this is a distinguishing phrase. Alternate translation: “but to us, that is, the ones who are being saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1CO	1	18	ji74	figs-possession	δύναμις Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1	it is the power of God	Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that comes from **God**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could clarify that **God** is the source of the **power**. Alternate translation: “power from God” or “God working in power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1CO	1	19	fdhk	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1		Here, **For** introduces Paul’s evidence that what he said in [1:18](../01/18.md) is true. You could use a word that introduces evidence for a claim or leave the word untranslated. Alternate translation: “As” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1CO	1	19	wx5x	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture or scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Isaiah has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	1	19	wx5x	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture or scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Isaiah has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	1	19	tzmj	writing-quotations	γέγραπται γάρ	1		In Paul’s culture, **For it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In this case, the quotation comes from [Isaiah 29:14](../isa/29/14.md). If your readers would misunderstand how Paul introduces the quotation, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For it can be read in Isaiah” or “For it says in the book of Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1CO	1	19	tc6n	figs-quotations	ἀπολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν, καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω	1	I will frustrate the understanding of the intelligent	If you cannot use this form in your language, you could translate this direct quote as an indirect quote, specifying that God is the subject and including an introductory word such as “that.” Alternate translation: “that God will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and he will frustrate the understanding of the intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 1CO	1	19	kzb0	figs-possession	τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν…τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν	1		In both of these clauses, Paul uses the possessive form to describe **wisdom** or **understanding** that belongs to **the wise** or **the intelligent**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could indicate that **wisdom** and **understanding** belong to **the wise** or **the intelligent**. Alternate translation: “the wisdom that the wise have … the understanding that the intelligent have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	1	22	t32r	translate-unknown	Ἕλληνες	1		Here, **Greeks** does not refer only to people who are ethnically Greek. However, it also does not refer to everyone who is not a Jew. Rather, it refers to people who speak the Greek language and who value the philosophy and education that are part of Greek culture. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this word, you could use a word or phrase that identifies these people by their interests and values more than by their ethnicity. Alternate translation: “people who value Greek philosophy” or “people who had a Greek education” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	1	23	q8sj	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here Paul continues the contrast he set up in [1:22](../01/22.md). Jews seek signs, and Greeks seek wisdom, but Paul and those like him proclaim that the Messiah was crucified. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could use a word or phrase that indicates a strong contrast between behavior or beliefs. Alternate translation: “In contrast with them,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1CO	1	23	v9fa	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	General Information:	Here, **we** refers to Paul and others who proclaim the gospel with him. It does not include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1CO	1	23	ntu3	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	Christ crucified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on **Christ** who was **crucified** rather than the person doing the “crucifying.” If you must state who does the action, you can express the idea with: (1) **Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “that Christ laid down his life on the cross” (2) an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “that they crucified Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	1	23	ntu3	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον	1	Christ crucified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on **Christ** who was **crucified** rather than the person doing the “crucifying.” If you must state who does the action, you can express the idea with: (1) **Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “that Christ laid down his life on the cross” (2) an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “that they crucified Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	1	23	krw3	figs-metaphor	σκάνδαλον	1	a stumbling block	Paul uses **stumbling block** to indicate that the message about “Christ crucified” causes offense or repulses many Jews. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this word, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “a repulsive concept” or “an unacceptable idea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	1	23	n6u2	figs-hyperbole	Ἰουδαίοις…ἔθνεσιν	1		By using the words translated **Jews** and **Gentiles**, Paul is not saying that every single Jewish and Gentile person responds to the gospel in these ways. Instead, he is generalizing, identifying common patterns among people who are Jewish and Gentile. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could clarify that not all **Jews** and **Gentiles** are meant. Alternate translation: “to most Jews … to most Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1CO	1	24	xgw1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here Paul uses **But** to contrast **those who are called** and the “Jews” and “Gentiles” in [1:23](../01/23.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could use a word or phrase that contrasts people and their thinking. Alternate translation: “In contrast with them,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	1	31	gtv0	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα καθὼς γέγραπται	1		Here Paul leaves out some words that might be required in your language to make a complete thought. If your language does need these words, you could supply words such as “we should do.” Alternate translation: “so that we should behave just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	1	31	paga	figs-infostructure	καθὼς γέγραπται, ὁ καυχώμενος, ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω	1		If it would be unnatural in your language to put **just as it is written** before the quotation, you could put **just as it is written** at the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “‘Let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord,’ just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1CO	1	31	ebvw	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Jeremiah the prophet (see [Jeremiah 9:24](../jer/09/24.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “according to Jeremiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1CO	1	31	pfa7	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture or scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Jeremiah has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	1	31	pfa7	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture or scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Jeremiah has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	1	31	fym9	figs-imperative	ὁ καυχώμενος, ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω	1	Let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord	Here Paul uses a third-person imperative. If you have third-person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third-person imperatives, you could: (1) translate this one as a conditional sentence, adding “if.” Alternate translation: “If people want to boast, they should boast in the Lord” (2) translate this one using a word such as “should.” Alternate translation: “Anyone who boasts should boast in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1CO	1	31	mo0q	figs-idiom	ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω	1		When Paul says that someone can **boast in the Lord**, he does not mean that they are inside **the Lord**. Rather, he means that they are boasting about **the Lord** and what he has done. If your readers would misunderstand **boast in the Lord**, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that someone is boasting about someone else. Alternate translation: “Let … boast with reference to the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	2	intro	k86p			0		# 1 Corinthians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)<br>      * Paul’s attitude among the Corinthians (2:1–5)<br>      * The wisdom of God, revealed by the Spirit (2:6–16)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verses 9 and 16, which are from the Old Testament. Verse 9 quotes from Isaiah 64:4, and verse 16 quotes from Isaiah 40.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Wisdom and foolishness<br><br>Throughout this chapter, Paul continues to speak of both wisdom and foolishness. Just as in chapter one, these words do not refer primarily to how much or how little education someone has. Rather, they refer to how well or how poorly someone plans actions and knows how the world works. Continue to use the words you chose in chapter one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>### Power and weakness<br><br>Throughout this chapter, Paul continues to speak of both power and weakness. Just as in chapter one, these words primarily refer to how much influence and authority a person has and to how much they can accomplish. Someone who has “power” has much influence and authority and can accomplish many things. Someone who has “weakness” does not have much influence and authority and is not able to accomplish many things. Continue to use the words that you chose in chapter one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/power]])<br><br>### The Spirit<br><br>Paul first mentions the “Spirit” in this chapter. In most places where this word appears, it refers to God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit), who is the third person of the Trinity. However, in two places in this chapter, the word “spirit” refers to something else. First, “spirit of the world” in [2:12](../02/12.md) refers to a “spirit” that is not God’s Spirit and that originates from within the world. Paul says that this kind of “spirit” is not the kind that believers in Jesus have received. Second, the “spirit of a man” in [2:11](../02/11.md) refers to the nonphysical part of a person. It does not refer to God’s Spirit or to something that God’s Spirit replaces. Sometimes Paul uses the adjective form “spiritual” ([2:13](../02/13.md); [2:15](../02/15.md)) and the adverb form “spiritually” ([2:14](../02/14.md)). Both of these forms also refer to God’s Spirit. If someone or something is “spiritual,” that means that the person or thing has or is characterized by God’s Spirit. If something is done “spiritually,” that means that it is done by the power of God’s Spirit. Once, Paul uses the word “natural” ([2:14](../02/14.md)), which is the opposite of “spiritual.” “Natural” means that the person or thing does not have and is not characterized by God’s Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### The Mystery<br><br>Paul speaks of a “mystery” in [2:1](../02/01.md); [2:7](../02/07.md). This “mystery” is not some secret truth that is hard to understand and that only a few privileged individuals can learn about. Instead, it refers to God’s plans that once were unknown but are now known to all his people. As Paul has already stated in chapter one, these plans center around the cross, which seems to be foolishness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The deep things of God<br><br>In [2:10](../02/10.md), Paul says that the Spirit searches “the deep things of God.” Paul talks about God as if he were a well or a lake with parts that are deep down in order to identify things about God that humans cannot understand or find it difficult to understand. He does not mean that God is a being or location with deep parts. See the note on this verse for translation options.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### The rulers of this age<br><br>In [2:6](../02/06.md); [2:8](../02/08.md), Paul speaks about “the rulers of this age.” This phrase refers to individuals who have power in the created world during the time between Christ’s first and second comings. While Paul does not state whether these individuals with power are humans or spiritual beings, he does say that they were the ones who crucified Jesus ([2:8](../02/08.md)). This suggests that they are humans, and they would be people like governors, emperors, and unfaithful religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/ruler]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/age]])<br><br>### Positive and negative uses of “wisdom”<br><br>Just as in chapter one, Paul continues to speak about wisdom in both positive and negative ways. He uses the same words throughout the chapter, and he distinguishes between positive and negative meanings by connecting the words to different people or ideas. For example, he speaks of wisdom negatively when it is the wisdom of the world, or the wisdom of humans. However, he speaks of wisdom positively when it is wisdom from God or wisdom given by God. If possible, translate the negative and positive meanings of wisdom with the same word, just as Paul uses one word for both negative and positive. If you must use different words, use positive words for God’s wisdom and negative words for human wisdom.<br><br>### First-person singular and plural<br><br>Paul uses the first-person singular in [2:1–5](../02/01.md) because in these verses he speaks of his own time among the Corinthians. He switches to the first-person plural in [2:6–16](../02/06.md) because in these verses he is speaking more generally about everyone who proclaims the Gospel as he does. In [2:6–16](../02/06.md), the first-person plural sometimes includes the Corinthians and sometimes does not include the Corinthians. Throughout the chapter, the first-person plural will include the Corinthians unless a note specifies that it does not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	2	1	xu7t	translate-textvariants	μυστήριον	1		In Paul’s language, **mystery** and “testimony” look and sound very similar. While some early and important manuscripts have “testimony” here, other early and important manuscripts have **mystery**. Unless there is a good reason to translate “testimony,” it is best to follow the ULT here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1CO	2	2	a2g9	figs-hyperbole	οὐ…ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι ἐν ὑμῖν, εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν	1	I decided to know nothing … except Jesus Christ	Here Paul speaks as if he decides to forget all his knowledge and become ignorant of everything except **Jesus Christ**. This is an exaggeration that the Corinthians would have understood as emphasis on Paul’s sharp focus on **Jesus Christ** as the one thing he wished to tell the Corinthians about. If your readers would misunderstand this exaggeration, you could use a phrase that indicates that it is an exaggeration or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “I decided to speak among you only about Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1CO	2	2	nk9r	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐ…ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι ἐν ὑμῖν, εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον	1		If it would appear in your language that Paul makes a strong statement about knowing nothing and then contradicts it, you could reword this sentence so that there is no **except**. Alternate translation: “I decided that among you I would only know Jesus Christ and him crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
-1CO	2	2	zvge	figs-activepassive	τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on **Jesus Christ** who was **crucified** rather than the person doing the “crucifying.” If you must state who does the action, you can express the idea with: (1) **Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “how he laid down his life on the cross” (2) an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “how they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	2	2	zvge	figs-activepassive	τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on **Jesus Christ** who was **crucified** rather than the person doing the “crucifying.” If you must state who does the action, you can express the idea with: (1) **Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “how he laid down his life on the cross” (2) an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “how they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	2	3	xen3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	κἀγὼ	1		Here, **And I** is the same word Paul used to introduce [2:1](../02/01.md). It again introduces how Paul himself fits into the pattern he introduced in the last chapter. Just as God chooses the weak and the foolish, Paul himself was weak and foolish. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the idea with a word or phrase that introduces an example or a comparison. Alternate translation: “Just as I did not use superior words and wisdom, I myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1CO	2	3	s9lp		κἀγὼ…ἐγενόμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	I was with you	Alternate translation: “And I remained with you”
 1CO	2	3	e8li	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, καὶ ἐν φόβῳ, καὶ ἐν τρόμῳ πολλῷ,	1	in weakness	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **weakness**, **fear**, and **trembling**, you can express the ideas by using adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “as a weak, fearful, and frequently trembling person” or “while I ailed, feared, and often trembled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	2	9	fu1y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Things that no eye … arisen, the things … who love him	Here, **But** introduces a contrast with the hypothetical statement in [2:8](../02/08.md) about how the rulers would not have crucified the Lord if they had understood God’s wisdom. The **But** reminds the reader that this hypothetical statement is not true, and Paul wishes to introduce further statements about how people do not understand God’s wisdom. If your readers would misunderstand **But**, you could leave **But** untranslated or use a word or phrase that would signal that Paul is no longer speaking hypothetically. Alternate translation: “But instead,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1CO	2	9	wuar	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται	1		Here Paul has omitted some words that may be necessary in your language to form a complete thought. If necessary, you could supply a summary from [2:8](../02/08.md) of what the rulers did not understand and how they acted. Alternate translation: “But the rulers did not understand, just as it is written” or “But the rulers did do these things, just as it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	2	9	qcb2	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see [Isaiah 64:4](../isa/64/04.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “according to Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1CO	2	9	w3m2	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Isaiah has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	2	9	w3m2	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Isaiah has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	2	9	pt3m	figs-infostructure	ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, ἃ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν	1		In this quotation, **What eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and has not arisen in the heart of man** are the **things God has prepared**. If your language would naturally put **What eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and has not arisen in the heart of man** after **God has prepared**, you could reverse the order. Alternate translation: “God has prepared for those who love him what eye has not seen, and ear has not heard, and has not arisen in the heart of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1CO	2	9	j9ib	figs-synecdoche	ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη	1	Things that no eye has seen, no ear has heard, no mind has imagined	Here, the words **eye**, **ear**, and **heart** refer to the parts of the person that see, hear, and think. In each case, the word means that the whole person sees, hears, and thinks. If your readers would misunderstand this way of speaking, you could use a word that refers to a person as a whole instead of just a part of that person. Alternate translation: “What a person has not seen, and a person has not heard, and has not arisen when a person thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1CO	2	9	xe03	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη	1		The phrase **heart of man** refers to the place where humans think. If something “arises” there, that means that a human has thought about that thing. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of **arisen in the heart of man**, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “man has not thought about” or “man has not imagined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	2	14	cve2	figs-genericnoun	ψυχικὸς…ἄνθρωπος, οὐ δέχεται…αὐτῷ…οὐ δύναται	1	General Information:	Paul uses the words **person**, **him**, and **he** to speak of people in general, not one specific man. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of these words, you could use a form that indicates people in general in your language. Alternate translation: “any natural person does not receive … to him or her … he or she is not able” or “natural people do not receive … to them … they are not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	2	14	vvju	figs-gendernotations	αὐτῷ…οὐ δύναται	1		Here, the words translated **him** and **he** are written in masculine form, but they refer to anyone, no matter what their gender might be. If your readers would misunderstand **he** and **him**, you could express the idea by using a word that does not have gender, or you could use both genders. Alternate translation: “to that person … that person is not able” or “to him or her … he or she is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1CO	2	14	fye5	figs-activepassive	μωρία…αὐτῷ ἐστίν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the structure and make **him** the subject of a verb such as “think” or “consider.” Alternate translation: “for he thinks that they are foolishness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CO	2	14	gwe3	figs-activepassive	πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται	1	because they are spiritually discerned	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **discerned** rather than focusing on the person doing the “discerning.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people can only discern them spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	2	14	gwe3	figs-activepassive	πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται	1	because they are spiritually discerned	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **discerned** rather than focusing on the person doing the “discerning.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people can only discern them spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	2	14	vznr		πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται	1		Alternate translation: “they are discerned by the power of the Spirit” or “they are discerned by people who are indwelt by the Spirit”
 1CO	2	15	w4q7	translate-unknown	ὁ…πνευματικὸς	1	the one who is spiritual	Here Paul uses **the spiritual one** as the opposite of “the natural person” in [2:14](../02/14.md). The phrase **the spiritual one** describes a person who does have God’s Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this phrase, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that describes someone who has received God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the person with the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	2	15	gcv7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…πνευματικὸς ἀνακρίνει…αὐτὸς…ἀνακρίνεται	1		Paul uses the words **spiritual one** and **he himself** to speak of people in general, not one specific man. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of these words, you could use a form that indicates people in general. Alternate translation: “any spiritual person discerns … he himself or she herself” or “spiritual people discern … they themselves are discerned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	3	15	fyfr	figs-synecdoche	τὸ ἔργον	1		Here Paul uses **work** to refer to the product or result of the **work**, not the action of “working.” If your readers would misunderstand **work**, you could express the idea with a word or phrase that refers to the product of the **work**. Alternate translation: “project” or “house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1CO	3	15	b2l8	figs-gendernotations	τινος…ζημιωθήσεται…αὐτὸς…σωθήσεται	1		Here, the words translated **he** and **himself** are written in masculine form, but they refer to anyone, no matter which their gender might be. If your readers would misunderstand **he** and **himself**, you could express the idea by using words that do not have gender, or you could use both genders. Alternate translation: “anyone’s … he or she will suffer loss … he himself or she herself will be saved” or “people’s … they will suffer loss … they themselves will be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1CO	3	15	ups4	translate-unknown	ζημιωθήσεται	1	he will suffer loss	The phrase **he will suffer loss** expresses the opposite of “receiving a reward.” Instead of gaining honor and money, the person loses honor and money. If your readers would misunderstand **he will suffer loss**, you could express the idea by using a phrase that refers to losing honor and money. Alternate translation: “he will lose honor and money” or “he will be deprived of any reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	3	15	w1zv	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς δὲ σωθήσεται	1	but he himself will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on **he** who will **be saved** rather than the person doing the “saving.” you can express the idea with **he** saving **himself** or **he** not perishing. Alternate translation: “but he will not perish” or “but he will save himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	3	15	w1zv	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς δὲ σωθήσεται	1	but he himself will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on **he** who will **be saved** rather than the person doing the “saving.” you can express the idea with **he** saving **himself** or **he** not perishing. Alternate translation: “but he will not perish” or “but he will save himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	3	15	vdvl	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…σωθήσεται	1	but he himself will be saved	Here, **himself** focuses attention on **he**. If **himself** would not draw attention in this way in your language, you could express the attention or focus in another way. Alternate translation: “he will be saved” or “he indeed will be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1CO	3	16	uq2g	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐστε, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν?	1	Do you not know that you are God’s temple and that the Spirit of God lives in you?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information or for agreement or disagreement. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing by reminding them of something that they should already know. The question assumes that the answer is “yes.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with an emphatic statement. Alternate translation: “you know that you are a temple of God, and you know that the Spirit of God lives in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	3	16	yc1g	figs-exmetaphor	οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ναὸς Θεοῦ ἐστε, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν?	1		Here Paul develops the metaphor about constructing a building in new ways. First, he says that the Corinthians together are **a temple of God**, which is a specific type of building. The **temple of God** was the place where God was present in a special way. Paul is thus identifying the Corinthians as people among whom God is present in the same kind of special way. Second, he says that the Corinthians together are the house or city in which the **Spirit of God lives**. The house or city in which someone lives is where they are always present. Paul is thus saying that the Holy Spirit is always present with the Corinthians. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of Paul’s metaphors, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea in nonfigurative language. Alternate translation: “Do you not know that you are the sacred shrine where God dwells, and you are the country in which the Spirit of God has residency?” or “Do you not know that God is present among you, and the Spirit of God is always with you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	3	19	m0gd	figs-possession	ἡ…σοφία τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe what **this world** considers to be **wisdom**. If **the wisdom of this world** would not be understood in your language as **wisdom** from the perspective of **this world**, you could use a different form that makes this meaning clear. Alternate translation: “what this world considers to be wisdom” or “worldly wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1CO	3	19	uqb3	figs-idiom	παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1		Here Paul uses the phrase **with God** to identify God’s perspective. If your readers would misunderstand **with God**, you could express the idea with a word or phrase that identifies that this is **foolishness** according to how God views the world. Alternate translation: “from God’s perspective” or “in God’s eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	3	19	ayvv	writing-quotations	γέγραπται γάρ	1		In Paul’s culture, **For it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book titled “Job” (see [Job 5:13](../job/05/13.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For it can be read in the Old Testament” or “For the book of Job says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1CO	3	19	vpod	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture or scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “the author of Job has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	3	19	vpod	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture or scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “the author of Job has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	3	19	zws3	figs-quotations	γέγραπται…ὁ δρασσόμενος τοὺς σοφοὺς ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	He catches the wise in their craftiness	If you cannot use this form in your language, you could translate these statements as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. Alternate translation: “it is written that God catches the wise in their craftiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 1CO	3	19	wxz2	figs-metaphor	δρασσόμενος τοὺς σοφοὺς ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτῶν	1		Here Paul speaks as if God reaches out and grabs **the wise** as they act in **craftiness**. By speaking in this way, he means that even “crafty” or clever people cannot avoid God when he wishes to “catch” them. God is not deceived, and he can disrupt their clever plans. If your readers would misunderstand **catches**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “interrupts the clever plans of the wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	3	19	j0ga	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς σοφοὺς	1		Paul is using the adjective **wise** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this adjective with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “wise people” or “those who think they are wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -433,8 +433,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	4	1	duab	figs-possession	μυστηρίων Θεοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **mysteries** that are: (1) revealed by **God**. Alternate translation: “of the mysteries given by God” or “of the mysteries from God” (2) about **God**. Alternate translation: “of the mysteries about God” or “of the mysteries concerning God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1CO	4	2	th8e	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὧδε λοιπὸν	1	what is required of stewards	Here Paul uses the phrase **In this case** to introduce further information about what it means to be **stewards**. Since he is talking about himself and others who proclaim the gospel as **stewards**, it is important to understand what it is that **stewards** are **required** to do. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could use a word or phrase that introduces more information about a topic. Alternate translation: “Now” or “Speaking of stewards,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1CO	4	2	de61	figs-explicit	ζητεῖται ἐν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις, ἵνα πιστός τις εὑρεθῇ	1		While Paul does not directly apply this sentence to himself and others who proclaim the gospel, it is clear that he intends the reader to apply it to him and these others. Paul then means that he and others who proclaim the gospel are required to do so faithfully by God. If this implication would not be understood by your readers, you could use a word or phrase that makes it clear by identifying Paul as one of the stewards. Alternate translation: “it is required in stewards like us that we be found faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1CO	4	2	qek0	figs-activepassive	ζητεῖται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is required** rather than the on person doing the “requiring.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague subject or refer to “masters.” Alternate translation: “people require” or “a master requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CO	4	2	dpeo	figs-activepassive	πιστός τις εὑρεθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the person who is **found** rather than the person doing the “finding.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague subject or refer to “masters.” Alternate translation: “people find one faithful” or “a master finds one faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	4	2	qek0	figs-activepassive	ζητεῖται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is required** rather than the on person doing the “requiring.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague subject or refer to “masters.” Alternate translation: “people require” or “a master requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	4	2	dpeo	figs-activepassive	πιστός τις εὑρεθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the person who is **found** rather than the person doing the “finding.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague subject or refer to “masters.” Alternate translation: “people find one faithful” or “a master finds one faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	4	2	yesr	writing-pronouns	τις	1		Here Paul uses **one** to refer to any of the **stewards**. If your readers would misunderstand **one**, you could express the idea by using a plural pronoun such as “they.” Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1CO	4	3	t133		ἐμοὶ…ἐστιν	1		Alternate translation: “I consider it” or “from my perspective”
 1CO	4	3	fspp	figs-idiom	εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν	1		When Paul says that **it is a very small thing** for him to **be examined**, what he means is that their “examination” of him is unimportant to him. Whether they think he has been faithful or not does not matter to him at all. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this phrase, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “it is no big deal” or “it has no significance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	4	6	ymxi	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		Here, **us** refers to Paul and Apollos only. It does not include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	4	6	ziz9	figs-quotations	μάθητε, τό μὴ ὑπὲρ ἃ γέγραπται	1	for your sakes	If your language does not use this form, you can translate this statement as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “you might learn not to go beyond what is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 1CO	4	6	o02a	figs-explicit	τό μὴ ὑπὲρ ἃ γέγραπται,	1		Here Paul quotes a short phrase that is not from the Old Testament but that would have been well-known to the Corinthians. The phrase **what is written** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament scriptures. Paul is telling the Corinthians that they should only act in ways that the Old Testament approves. Alternate translation: “Not beyond what the Scriptures say” (2) general principles of life that everyone knows about. Paul is telling the Corinthians that they should only act in ways that are generally approved and accepted. Alternate translation: “Not beyond proper standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1CO	4	6	kyrt	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the Scriptures or scriptural author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “the authors of Scripture have written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	4	6	kyrt	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the Scriptures or scriptural author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “the authors of Scripture have written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	4	6	hk55	figs-infostructure	ἵνα	2		The statement introduced by **so that** could be the purpose for: (1) learning that they should not go **beyond what is written**. Alternate translation: “with the goal that” (2) Paul applying **these things** to himself and Apollos. Alternate translation: “so that, in the end,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1CO	4	6	e79m	figs-activepassive	μὴ εἷς…φυσιοῦσθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that the person “puffs” himself or herself up. Alternate translation: “no one would puff himself or herself up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	4	6	hjfu	writing-pronouns	τοῦ ἑνὸς…τοῦ ἑτέρου	1		Here, **the one** and **the other** refer to any specific leaders the Corinthians might praise or blame. Perhaps Paul specifically has himself and Apollos in mind, but he intentionally uses words that would include any leader whom the Corinthians could praise or blame. If your readers would misunderstand **the one** and **the other**, you could express the idea by using a word or phrase that indicates that Paul is speaking generally of any leaders here. Alternate translation: “of any leader … any other leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -493,19 +493,19 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	4	11	i298	figs-idiom	ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι ὥρας	1	Up to this present hour	In Paul’s culture, the phrase **Up to this present hour** means that what Paul is about to say has been happening and continues to happen up to the time when he writes this letter. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “To this very day” “All the time that we serve Christ,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	4	11	k3f1	figs-exclusive	πεινῶμεν	1		Here, **we** refers to Paul and the other “apostles.” It does not include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	4	11	hqco	translate-unknown	γυμνιτεύομεν	1		Here, **are poorly clothed** means that the clothing is old and worn and barely covers a person’s body. If your readers would misunderstand **are poorly clothed**, use a word or phrase that identifies clothing that barely covers a person. Alternate translation: “are clothed in rags” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	4	11	jj2y	figs-activepassive	καὶ κολαφιζόμεθα, καὶ	1	we are brutally beaten	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on **we** who are **beaten** rather than focusing on the people doing the “beating.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “and people brutally beat us, and we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	4	11	jj2y	figs-activepassive	καὶ κολαφιζόμεθα, καὶ	1	we are brutally beaten	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on **we** who are **beaten** rather than focusing on the people doing the “beating.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “and people brutally beat us, and we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	4	11	yhf4	translate-unknown	ἀστατοῦμεν	1	we are homeless	Here, **are homeless** means that Paul and the other apostles do not have a permanent residence or a house that they own. It does not mean that they never had a place to stay. If your readers would misunderstand **are homeless**, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that Paul and the other apostles do not have a permanent residence. Alternate translation: “do not own homes” or “are always on the move” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	4	12	exfo	figs-exclusive	ἰδίαις…εὐλογοῦμεν…ἀνεχόμεθα	1		Here, **our** and **we** refer to Paul and other “apostles.” They do not include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	4	12	ushf	figs-doublet	κοπιῶμεν, ἐργαζόμενοι	1		Here, the words **working hard** and **working** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses both words to emphasize how **hard** he is working. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these words and indicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “are working very hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1CO	4	12	e0mz	figs-idiom	ἐργαζόμενοι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσίν	1		In Paul’s culture, the phrase **with our own hands** indicates that Paul and other apostles were doing manual labor. In fact, we know that Paul himself made tents (see [Acts 18:3](../act/018/03.md)), so that is probably the manual labor which he refers to here. If **with our hands** would not refer to manual labor in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or an expression that refers to manual labor. Alternate translation: “doing physically demanding work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	4	12	z6fg	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	λοιδορούμενοι…διωκόμενοι	1		The phrases **Being reviled** and **being persecuted** identify the situations in which Paul and other apostles **bless** and **endure**. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could: (1) include a word such as “when” to indicate that these actions happen at the same time. Alternate translation: “Any time we are reviled … any time we are persecuted” (2) include a word such as “although” to indicate that these actions are in contrast with each other. Alternate translation: “Although we are reviled … although we are persecuted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-1CO	4	12	n389	figs-activepassive	λοιδορούμενοι	1	When we are reviled, we bless	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **reviled** rather than focusing on the people doing the “reviling.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Others reviling us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	4	12	n389	figs-activepassive	λοιδορούμενοι	1	When we are reviled, we bless	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **reviled** rather than focusing on the people doing the “reviling.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Others reviling us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	4	12	o7jz	translate-unknown	λοιδορούμενοι	1		Here, **Being reviled** refers to someone abusing another person with words. If that meaning for **Being reviled** would not be obvious in your language, you could use a word or phrase that does refer to using abusive words about another person. Alternate translation: “Being slandered” or “Being attacked verbally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	4	12	l71q	figs-explicit	εὐλογοῦμεν	1		Here Paul does not state whom or what they **bless**. He could mean that they **bless**: (1) the people who “revile” them. Alternate translation: “we bless in return” (2) God, even though they are suffering. Alternate translation: “we bless God anyway” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1CO	4	12	kue7	figs-activepassive	διωκόμενοι	1	When we are persecuted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **persecuted** rather than the people doing the “persecuting.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Others persecuting us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	4	12	kue7	figs-activepassive	διωκόμενοι	1	When we are persecuted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **persecuted** rather than the people doing the “persecuting.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Others persecuting us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	4	13	xvn4	figs-exclusive	παρακαλοῦμεν…ἐγενήθημεν	1		Here, **we** refers to Paul and other “apostles.” It does not include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	4	13	l3ns	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δυσφημούμενοι	1		The phrase **being slandered** identifies the situation in which Paul and other apostles **comfort**. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could: (1) include a word such as “when” to indicate that these actions happen at the same time. Alternate translation: “Any time we are slandered” (2) include a word such as “although” to indicate that these actions are in contrast with each other. Alternate translation: “Although we are slandered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-1CO	4	13	a6hp	figs-activepassive	δυσφημούμενοι	1	When we are slandered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **slandered** rather than the people doing the “slandering.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “others slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	4	13	a6hp	figs-activepassive	δυσφημούμενοι	1	When we are slandered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **slandered** rather than the people doing the “slandering.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “others slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	4	13	p0fd	figs-simile	ὡς περικαθάρματα τοῦ κόσμου ἐγενήθημεν, πάντων περίψημα	1		Here Paul says that he and other apostles are like **scum** and **refuse**, both of which are words that describe garbage. Paul speaks in this way to show that **the world** considers him and other apostles to be worthless, just like garbage is worthless and should be thrown away. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could express the idea with a comparable image or nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “We have no value according to the world’s perspective” or “We have become like a heap of garbage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1CO	4	13	uubg	figs-doublet	περικαθάρματα τοῦ κόσμου…πάντων περίψημα	1		Here Paul uses two different words for garbage. The word **scum** refers to what people throw away after they clean something. The word **refuse** refers to dirt or filth that people wipe or scrub off an object. Paul uses two very similar words in order to emphasize that the world thinks that he and other apostles are like garbage. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the filthy scum of all the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1CO	4	13	gqxj	figs-possession	περικαθάρματα τοῦ κόσμου	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe what **the world** identifies as **scum**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a short phrase to clarify that **scum** is what **the world** thinks he and other apostles are. Alternate translation: “what the world considers scum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	5	3	v4o9	figs-euphemism	τὸν οὕτως τοῦτο κατεργασάμενον	1		Paul does not wish to repeat the ugly details of the man having sex with his stepmother. Instead, he uses general words to refer back to what he has already said about the man. If possible, preserve how Paul avoids repeating the details of the sin in your translation. You could use vague language like Paul does, or you could use a similar euphemism. Alternate translation: “the man who committed this sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1CO	5	3	g8b6	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	ὡς παρὼν	1		Here Paul makes a conditional statement that might sound hypothetical but that he knows is not true. He knows that he is not present with them, but he wants to emphasize that his **judgment** is just as effective **as if** he were **present**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “even though I am absent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 1CO	5	4	xc3z	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	συναχθέντων ὑμῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πνεύματος	1		The phrase **You and my spirit, having been assembled** gives the time and situation in which the Corinthians should “hand this man over to Satan” ([5:5](../05/05.md)). If this phrase would not indicate timing or a situation in your language, you could use a word or phrase that does indicate time or situation. Alternate translation: “One of the times when you and my spirit have been assembled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-1CO	5	4	m9yz	figs-activepassive	συναχθέντων	1	When you are assembled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the things that are **assembled** rather than what does the “assembling.” you can express the idea in active form by using a verb such as “gather together” or “meet.” Alternate translation: “meeting together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	5	4	m9yz	figs-activepassive	συναχθέντων	1	When you are assembled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the things that are **assembled** rather than what does the “assembling.” you can express the idea in active form by using a verb such as “gather together” or “meet.” Alternate translation: “meeting together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	5	4	t83d	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	in the name of our Lord Jesus	Acting **in the name of** a person means representing that person. Representatives, those who do anything **in the name of** someone else, act with the authority of the people they represent. If your readers would misunderstand **in the name of**, you could use a comparable idiom for representing someone or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “as representatives of our Lord Jesus Christ” or “as people who act for our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	5	4	fznv	figs-infostructure	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, συναχθέντων ὑμῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πνεύματος,	1		The phrase **in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ** could modify: (1) how they have **been assembled**. Alternate translation: “You and my spirit, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ having been assembled” (2) how Paul has “passed judgment” in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “I passed this judgment in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. You and my spirit, having been assembled,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1CO	5	4	rhdc	figs-idiom	καὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πνεύματος	1		Just as in [5:3](../05/03.md), Paul speaks of his “spirit.” Just as there, Paul’s **spirit** being **assembled** with them is a figurative way to speak of how Paul thinks about and cares about them. Here, it has the additional implication that what they do when **assembled** carries Paul’s own authority. If your readers would misunderstand **my spirit**, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “and my thoughts” or “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	5	11	nys9		νῦν δὲ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν	1		Here Paul could be speaking about: (1) the letter he is writing **now**, in contrast to the letter he already wrote ([5:9](../05/09.md)). He uses the past tense **wrote** because the “writing” will be in the past when the letter is read to the Corinthians. Use the tense that would be appropriate in your language for this situation. Alternate translation: “But now I have written to you” (2) the letter he already wrote, but he wants them to understand it correctly **now**. Alternate translation: “But what I really wrote to you was”
 1CO	5	11	mi6t	translate-unknown	συναναμίγνυσθαι	1		Here, **to associate with** often refers to two groups of people meeting together. The idea here is that **sexually immoral** people who claim to belong to the Corinthians’ group should not be considered part of the group. If **to associate with** does not have this meaning in your language, you could express the idea by using a word that refers to including people in one’s group. Alternate translation: “to consistently meet with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	5	11	cyrp	figs-distinguish	ἐάν τις ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζόμενος	1		Here, **who is called a brother** distinguishes **anyone** from the people mentioned in the last verse. Paul did not require the Corinthians **not to associate** with those people, but he does require them **not to associate** with any such person **who is called a brother**. Use a construction in your language that indicates that Paul is distinguishing, not informing. Alternate translation: “any person called a brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1CO	5	11	w9w8	figs-activepassive	ὀνομαζόμενος	1	anyone who is called	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **called** rather than the person doing the “calling.” If you must state who does the action, you can use “you” or “the brother” as the subject. Alternate translation: “who calls himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	5	11	w9w8	figs-activepassive	ὀνομαζόμενος	1	anyone who is called	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **called** rather than the person doing the “calling.” If you must state who does the action, you can use “you” or “the brother” as the subject. Alternate translation: “who calls himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	5	11	b4us	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφὸς	1	brother	Although **brother** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to a man or a woman. If your readers would misunderstand **brother**, you could use a nongendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “a brother or a sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1CO	5	11	xob7	translate-unknown	λοίδορος	1		Here, **verbally abusive** describes someone who shows anger by using vicious words to attack others. Use a word in your language that describes this kind of person. Alternate translation: “vocally vicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	5	11	ypib	translate-unknown	ἅρπαξ	1		Here, **swindler** identifies a person who takes money from others dishonestly. If your readers would misunderstand **swindler**, you could use a word that refers to such people. Alternate translation: “a thief” or “an embezzler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -697,10 +697,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	6	9	h17l	figs-rquestion	ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἄδικοι Θεοῦ Βασιλείαν οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν?	1	Or do you not know that	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, we know.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong affirmation. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that the unrighteous will not enter the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	6	9	slcx	figs-nominaladj	ἄδικοι	1		Paul is using the adjective **unrighteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are unrighteous” or “unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1CO	6	9	t1rt	figs-metaphor	οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν	1	will inherit	Here Paul speaks of the **kingdom of God** as if it were property that a parent could pass on to their child when the parent dies. Here, Paul uses the word **inherit** to refer to being able to live in the **kingdom of God**. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “will not live in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1CO	6	9	eywd	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **deceived** rather than focusing on the person doing the “deceiving.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Let no one deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	6	9	eywd	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **deceived** rather than focusing on the person doing the “deceiving.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Let no one deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	6	9	vtlq	figs-nominaladj	πόρνοι	1		Paul is using the adjective phrase **sexually immoral** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are sexually immoral” or “sexually immoral people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1CO	6	9	h2na	translate-unknown	οὔτε μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται,	1	male prostitutes, those who practice homosexuality	The word translated **male prostitutes** identifies men who are penetrated during sexual acts with other men. The word translated **those who practice homosexuality** identifies men who penetrate other men during sexual acts. Your language may have specific words for these behaviors. If so, you could use them here. If your language does not have specific words for these behavior, you could either use descriptive phrases, or you can combine the two words and refer to homosexual activity in general. Alternate translation: “nor men who practice homosexuality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	6	9	blc7	figs-abstractnouns	ἀρσενοκοῖται	1	male prostitutes	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **homosexuality**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “homosexual,” or you can use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “those who are homosexual” or “those who have same-sex intercourse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1CO	6	9	h2na	translate-unknown	οὔτε μαλακοὶ, οὔτε ἀρσενοκοῖται,	1	male prostitutes, those who practice homosexuality	The word translated **male prostitutes** identifies men who are penetrated during sexual acts with other men. The word translated **those who practice homosexuality** identifies men who penetrate other men during sexual acts. Your language may have specific words for these behaviors. If so, you could use them here. If your language does not have specific words for these behavior, you can either use descriptive phrases, or you can combine the two words and refer to homosexual activity in general. Alternate translation: “nor men who practice homosexuality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+1CO	6	9	blc7	figs-abstractnouns	ἀρσενοκοῖται	1	male prostitutes	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **homosexuality**, you can express the idea by using an adjective such as “homosexual,” or you can use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “those who are homosexual” or “those who have same-sex intercourse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	6	10	zzb5	figs-nominaladj	πλεονέκται	1		Paul is using the adjective **greedy** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are greedy” or “greedy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1CO	6	10	bgj9	translate-unknown	λοίδοροι	1	the greedy	Here, **slanderers** is the same word that is translated “verbally abusive” in [5:11](../05/11.md). It describes someone who shows anger by using vicious words to attack others. Use a word in your language that describes this kind of person. Alternate translation: “vocally vicious people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	6	10	yzdx	translate-unknown	ἅρπαγες	1		Here, **swindlers** is the same word that is translated “swindler” in [5:11](../05/11.md). It identifies a person who takes money from others dishonestly. If your readers would misunderstand **swindlers**, you could use a word that refers to such people. Alternate translation: “embezzlers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -868,10 +868,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	7	18	zo3j	figs-gendernotations	μὴ ἐπισπάσθω…μὴ περιτεμνέσθω	1	Was anyone called when he was circumcised?	Here Paul is speaking of male circumcision only. Therefore, the masculine words in this verse should be retained in translation if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1CO	7	18	unc4	figs-rquestion	περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη? μὴ ἐπισπάσθω	1	Was anyone called when he was circumcised?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to identify people who fit into the situation he describes. If someone answered “yes” to this question, then the following command applies to them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could use a different way to identify to whom the command applies. Alternate translation: “If anyone was called, having been circumcised, let him not be uncircumcised.” or “Some of you were called, having been circumcised. If that is you, do not be uncircumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	7	18	gpav	figs-activepassive	τις ἐκλήθη…κέκληταί τις	1	Was anyone called when he was circumcised?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **called** rather than focusing on the person doing the “calling.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “Did God call anyone … Did God call anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CO	7	18	xt7p	figs-activepassive	περιτετμημένος	1	Was anyone called when he was circumcised?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **circumcised** rather than focusing on the person doing the “circumcising.” If you must state who does the action, you can use an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “someone having circumcised them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	7	18	xt7p	figs-activepassive	περιτετμημένος	1	Was anyone called when he was circumcised?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **circumcised** rather than focusing on the person doing the “circumcising.” If you must state who does the action, you can use an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “someone having circumcised them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	7	18	tkn4	translate-unknown	μὴ ἐπισπάσθω	1	Was anyone called when he was circumcised?	To **be uncircumcised** refers to a physical procedure by which one could make one’s penis appear to have a foreskin, even though one had been circumcised. If your language has a word for this procedure, you could use it here. If your language does not have such a word, you can use a phrase that identifies this procedure. Alternate translation: “Let him not hide his circumcision” or “Let him not undo his circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	7	18	cejz	figs-imperative	μὴ ἐπισπάσθω…μὴ περιτεμνέσθω	1	Was anyone called when he was circumcised?	In this verse, Paul uses two third-person imperatives. If you have third-person imperatives in your language, you could use them here. If you do not have third-person imperatives, you could express the ideas using a word such as “should” or “must.” Alternate translation: “He must not be uncircumcised … he must not be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1CO	7	18	uwuw	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἐπισπάσθω…μὴ περιτεμνέσθω	1	Was anyone called when he was circumcised?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the person who is **uncircumcised** or **circumcised** rather than the person doing the “uncircumcising” or “circumcising.” If you must state who does the action, you can use an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “Let someone not uncircumcise him … Let someone not circumcise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	7	18	uwuw	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἐπισπάσθω…μὴ περιτεμνέσθω	1	Was anyone called when he was circumcised?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the person who is **uncircumcised** or **circumcised** rather than the person doing the “uncircumcising” or “circumcising.” If you must state who does the action, you can use an indefinite or vague subject. Alternate translation: “Let someone not uncircumcise him … Let someone not circumcise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	7	18	fqv6	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ κέκληταί τις? μὴ περιτεμνέσθω	1	Was anyone called in uncircumcision?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to identify people who fit into the situation he describes. If someone answered “yes” to this question, then the following command applies to them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could use a different way to identify to whom the command applies. Alternate translation: “If anyone was called in uncircumcision, let him not be circumcised.” or “Some of you were called in uncircumcision. If that is you, do not be circumcised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	7	18	a8g3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1	Was anyone called in uncircumcision?	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **uncircumcision**, you can express the idea by using an adjective such as “uncircumcised.” Alternate translation: “while uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	7	19	oajz	figs-hyperbole	ἡ περιτομὴ οὐδέν ἐστιν, καὶ ἡ ἀκροβυστία οὐδέν ἐστιν	1	Was anyone called in uncircumcision?	Here Paul says that both **Circumcision** and **uncircumcision** are **nothing**. He does not mean that **Circumcision** and **uncircumcision** do not exist. Rather, the Corinthians would have understood him to mean that **Circumcision** and **uncircumcision** do not have value or importance. If your readers would misunderstand **nothing**, you could use a comparable figure of speech or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “Circumcision has no value, and uncircumcision has no value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	8	intro	c8l6			0		# 1 Corinthians 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>5. On food (8:1–11:1)<br>      * The truth about food and idols (8:1–6)<br>      * Respecting the “weak” (8:7–13)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Things sacrificed to idols<br><br>In Paul’s culture, animals were often sacrificed to the gods. After the animal was slaughtered, the people who were participating in the worship would eat parts of the animal. In fact, for most people who were not wealthy, participating in worship with a sacrifice was one of the few situations in which they could eat meat. Throughout this chapter, Paul explains how the Corinthians should think about eating or not eating this meat. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### The “weak”<br><br>In [8:9](../08/09.md), [11](../08/11.md), Paul speaks about the “weak,” and in [8:7](../08/07.md), [10](../08/10.md), [12](../08/12.md), he mentions a “weak conscience,” which is the conscience of the “weak.” The “weak” person or conscience considers eating things sacrificed to idols to be participation in idolatry, and thus, sinful. Perhaps “weak” was a word that the Corinthians were using for fellow believers who were not comfortable eating food sacrificed idols. Paul urges the Corinthians to respect these “weak” people, even if it means never eating meat again. While Paul never uses the word “strong” in this section, the “strong would probably be those who are comfortable eating meat sacrificed to an idol.<br><br>### Knowledge<br><br>Paul refers to “knowledge” in [8:1](../08/01.md), [7](../08/7.md), [10–11](../08/10.md) and to “knowing” in [8:2–4](../08/02.md). Throughout the chapter, the one who has “knowledge” is contrasted with the one who is “weak.” In [8:4–6](../08/04.md), Paul explains what this “knowledge” is about: while other people may name many gods and many lords, believers know that there is only one God and one Lord. Because of this “knowledge,” eating food sacrificed to idols has no significance, since there is only one God and Lord. Paul, however, urges the Corinthians to respect those who do not fully comprehend this “knowledge.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Building up<br><br>In [8:1](../08/01.md), Paul contrasts what “knowledge” does (“puffs up”) with what love does (“builds up”). “Building up” in this verse refers to helping other Christians grow in their knowledge of God and care for each other. In [8:10](../08/10.md), however, “building up” has a negative connotation. In this verse, the conscience of the “weak” is “built up,” which means that the “weak” person eats food sacrificed to idols despite his or her conscience says. “Building up” in this verse refers to strengthening a conscience so that one is able to do what one is uncomfortable with.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Other “gods” and “lords”<br><br>In [8:4–5](../08/04.md), Paul states that an idol is “nothing.” However, he also acknowledges that there are many so-called “gods” and “lords.” In [10:20–21](../10/20.md), Paul will make his point more clearly: those who sacrifice to idols are actually sacrificing to demons. So, Paul denies the existence of other “gods,” but he thinks that the idols do represent something: demons. In this chapter, you could clarify that Paul is speaking about what other people call “gods” and “lords.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
 1CO	8	1	cep1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	περὶ δὲ	1	Now about	Just as in [7:1](../07/01.md), **Now about** introduces a new topic that Paul wishes to address. Likely, the topics that he introduces in this way are what the Corinthians wrote to him about. Translate **Now about** here as you translated “now concerning” in [7:1](../07/01.md), [7:25](../07/25.md). Alternate translation: “Next, about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1CO	8	1	g5t3	translate-unknown	τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων	1	food sacrificed to idols	Here Paul speaks about animals that are slaughtered, offered to a god, and then eaten. For many people in Paul’s culture, this was the only meat that was available for them to eat. In many cases, people would eat this meat at a god’s temple or shrine. However, sometimes the meat could be sold to people, who would then eat it in their homes. In the next few chapters, Paul will speak about whether and how Christians should eat or not eat this meat. If your language has a specific word or phrase for meat from an animal that has been offered to a god, you could use it here. If your language does not have such a word, you can use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	8	1	beh8	figs-activepassive	τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων	1	food sacrificed to idols	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	8	1	beh8	figs-activepassive	τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων	1	food sacrificed to idols	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	8	1	vk06	figs-explicit	οἴδαμεν ὅτι πάντες γνῶσιν ἔχομεν	1	food sacrificed to idols	Here Paul could be: (1) expressing his own view about **knowledge**. Alternate translation: “We know that we all indeed have knowledge” (2) quoting what the Corinthians said in their letter so that he can respond to it, much like he did in [6:12–13](../06/12.md); [7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “you wrote, ‘we know that we all have knowledge.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	8	1	a6hi	figs-explicit	πάντες γνῶσιν ἔχομεν	1	food sacrificed to idols	Here Paul does not specify what the **knowledge** is about. It becomes clear in [8:4–6](../08/4.md) that Paul is speaking about **knowledge** about other gods, specifically knowing that there is only one God and that other gods do not really exist. If possible, do not give further explanation of **knowledge** here, since Paul explains later in the chapter. If you must specify what the **knowledge** is about, you could clarify that it is about the **idols** or the topic of **things sacrificed to idols**. Alternate translation: “we all have knowledge about idols” or “we all have knowledge about this issue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	8	1	ytrf	figs-abstractnouns	πάντες γνῶσιν ἔχομεν…ἡ γνῶσις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “know.” Alternate translation: “we all know things. Knowing things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	8	4	v4gx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	περὶ	1	General Information:	Here Paul repeats **about** from [8:1](../08/01.md) to let his readers know that he is going to speak directly about **things sacrificed to idols** again. If your readers would misunderstand the repetition of the phrase from [8:1](../08/01.md), you could clarify that Paul is returning to the topic he introduced there. Alternate translation: “returning to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1CO	8	4	bgd2	figs-possession	τῆς βρώσεως…τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων	1	General Information:	Here Paul uses the possessive form to speak about **eating** meat **sacrificed to idols**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can express the idea by using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “eating things sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1CO	8	4	wkep	translate-unknown	τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων	1	General Information:	Here, **the things sacrificed to idols** refers to meat that has been offered to an idol. Translate this phrase the same way you did in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “of meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	8	4	mbqo	figs-activepassive	τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων	1	General Information:	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “of the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	8	4	mbqo	figs-activepassive	τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων	1	General Information:	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “of the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	8	4	y3ee	figs-explicit	οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς Θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς	1	We know that an idol in this world is nothing and that there is no God but one	Here Paul could be: (1) expressing his own view about **an idol** and **God**. Alternate translation: “We know that an idol in the world indeed is nothing and that there is indeed no God except one” (2) quoting what the Corinthians said in their letter so that he can respond to it, much like he did in [6:12–13](../06/12.md); [7:1](../07/01.md). If you chose this option in [8:1](../08/01.md), you should also choose it here. Alternate translation: “you wrote, ‘we know that an idol in the world is nothing’ and, ‘there is no God except one’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	8	4	g67g	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ	1		Here Paul says that **an idol** is **nothing** in order to emphasize that idols are not really gods. He is not saying that images or statues do not exist. If your readers would misunderstand **nothing**, you could clarify that Paul is speaking about how **an idol** does not have the power or existence of the true God. Alternate translation: “an idol in the world is not really a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	8	4	w8ar	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς Θεὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς	1		If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
@@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	8	7	heud	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ συνηθείᾳ…τοῦ εἰδώλου	1	everyone … some	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **custom**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “used to” or “accustomed.” Alternate translation: “accustomed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	8	7	e737	figs-explicit	ἕως ἄρτι	1	everyone … some	Here, **now** refers to the time since these people became believers. Paul means that these people worshiped idols until they became Christians, not until the time he writes this letter. If your readers would misunderstand **until now**, you could clarify that Paul is referring to when these people first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “until they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	8	7	jdnr	translate-unknown	εἰδωλόθυτον	1	everyone … some	Here, the **things sacrificed to idols** refers to meat that has been offered to an idol. Translate this phrase the same way you did in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	8	7	pdev	figs-activepassive	εἰδωλόθυτον	1	everyone … some	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	8	7	pdev	figs-activepassive	εἰδωλόθυτον	1	everyone … some	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	8	7	o04n	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὡς εἰδωλόθυτον ἐσθίουσιν	1	everyone … some	This phrase could refer to: (1) whenever the people that Paul is talking about eat **things sacrificed to idols**. Alternate translation: “happen to eat things sacrificed to idols” (2) how the people that Paul is talking about think that the **things sacrificed to idols** actually belong to another god. Alternate translation: “eat meat as if it were sacrificed to idols that were real” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 1CO	8	7	xl4f	grammar-collectivenouns	ἡ συνείδησις αὐτῶν	1	everyone … some	The word **conscience** is a singular noun that refers to all **their** consciences. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “each of their consciences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1CO	8	7	pbyx	figs-metaphor	ἀσθενὴς οὖσα	1	everyone … some	Here, **weak** identifies a **conscience** easily that leads a person to feel guilty. A **weak** conscience condemns some things that are probably acceptable before God. If your readers would misunderstand **weak**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “being sensitive” or “which often condemns them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	8	10	t5ae	figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος οἰκοδομηθήσεται	1	built up so as to eat	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are not **built up** rather than focusing on whatever does not “build them up.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that seeing the person with knowledge eating in an idol’s temple does it. Alternate translation: “will this not build up his conscience, which is weak,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	8	10	ohzy	figs-metaphor	ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος	1	built up so as to eat	Here, **weak** identifies a **conscience** that easily leads a person to feel guilty. A **weak** conscience condemns some things that are probably acceptable before God. If your readers would misunderstand **weak**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “being sensitive” or “which often condemns him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	8	10	mdqc	translate-unknown	τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα	1	built up so as to eat	Here, **the things sacrificed to idols** refers to meat that has been offered to an idol. Translate this phrase the same way you did in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	8	10	a7s8	figs-activepassive	τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα	1	built up so as to eat	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	8	10	a7s8	figs-activepassive	τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα	1	built up so as to eat	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	8	11	g5tn	figs-activepassive	ἀπόλλυται…ὁ ἀσθενῶν ἐν τῇ σῇ γνώσει, ὁ ἀδελφὸς, δι’ ὃν Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν	1	the one who is weak … is destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on the person who is **destroyed** rather than focusing on what or who does the “destroying.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “you” or “your knowledge” does it. Alternate translation: “you, through your knowledge, destroy the one who is weak, the brother for whom Christ died,” or “your knowledge destroys the one who is weak, the brother for whom Christ died (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	8	11	x6jd	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἀσθενῶν…ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1	the one who is weak … is destroyed	Jesus is speaking of those who are weak and brothers in general, not of one particular person who is a **brother** and **who is weak**. If your language does not use the singular form to refer to people in general, you can express the idea in a form that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “each one who is weak, who is a brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	8	11	zy3t	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀσθενῶν	1	the one who is weak … is destroyed	Much like in [8:9](../08/09.md), **one who is weak** identifies a person who easily feels guilty. A **weak** person thinks some things are wrong that are probably acceptable before God. If your readers would misunderstand **weak**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “the one who is sensitive” or “the one who often condemns himself or herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	9	8	vy1n	figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ ὁ νόμος ταῦτα οὐ λέγει?	1	Or does not the law also say this?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, the law says these things.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong statement. If you do so, you will need to separate the second half of the verse from the first half. Alternate translation: “No, the law also says these things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	9	8	spqj	translate-unknown	ὁ νόμος	1	Or does not the law also say this?	Here, **the law** refers specifically to the first five books of the Old Testament, often called the Pentateuch or “the law of Moses.” Make sure your readers can tell that Paul is referring to this specific **law** here. Alternate translation: “the Pentateuch” or “Moses’ law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	9	9	lf1q	writing-quotations	ἐν γὰρ τῷ Μωϋσέως νόμῳ, γέγραπται	1	Do not put a muzzle on	In Paul’s culture, **For it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In this case, Paul clarifies that the quote comes from **the law of Moses**. It is specifically from [Deuteronomy 25:4](../deu/25/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand how Paul introduces the quotation, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For it can be read in the law of Moses” or “For in the book of Deuteronomy, in the law of Moses we read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1CO	9	9	wc4i	figs-activepassive	ἐν…τῷ Μωϋσέως νόμῳ, γέγραπται	1	Do not put a muzzle on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Moses has written in the law” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said in the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	9	9	wc4i	figs-activepassive	ἐν…τῷ Μωϋσέως νόμῳ, γέγραπται	1	Do not put a muzzle on	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Moses has written in the law” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said in the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	9	9	fks6	figs-quotations	Μωϋσέως…οὐ φιμώσεις βοῦν ἀλοῶντα	1	Do not put a muzzle on	If your language does not use this form, you can translate the command as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “of Moses that you should not muzzle an ox treading out grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 1CO	9	9	h2d3	figs-yousingular	οὐ φιμώσεις	1	Do not put a muzzle on	The command from **the law of Moses** is addressed to specific individuals. Because of this, the command is addressed to “you” in the singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1CO	9	9	kvxh	translate-unknown	οὐ φιμώσεις βοῦν ἀλοῶντα	1	Do not put a muzzle on	In Paul’s culture, farmers often would make **oxen** walk or “tread” on harvested wheat to separate the kernels of grain from the wheat stalks. Some people would **muzzle an ox** while it is **treading out grain** in order to keep the **ox** from eating the **grain**. The point of the command is that the **ox** should be allowed to eat what it is working to produce: the **grain**. If your readers would not understand what this command is about, you could include a footnote explaining the context or add a short clarifying phrase. Alternate translation: “Do not muzzle an ox to keep it from eating the grain it is treading out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	9	10	x84t	figs-rquestion	ἢ δι’ ἡμᾶς πάντως λέγει?	1	Or is he speaking entirely for our sake?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “yes, he is.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong statement. Alternate translation: “Actually, he is speaking entirely for our sake.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	9	10	b1tg	writing-pronouns	λέγει	1	Or is he speaking entirely for our sake?	Here, **he** refers back to “God” in [9:9](../09/09.md). Paul assumes that God is the one who is **speaking** in the passage he quoted in the last verse. If your readers would misunderstand **he**, you could clarify that it refers to God speaking the “law of Moses.” Alternate translation: “is God speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1CO	9	10	f8f4	figs-exclusive	δι’ ἡμᾶς	-1	for our sake	Here, **our** could refer to: (1) everyone who believes, including the Corinthians. Alternate translation: “for the sake of us who believe … for the sake of us who believe” (2) Paul, Barnabas, and others who proclaim the good news. Alternate translation: “for the sake of us who proclaim the gospel … for the sake of us who proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1CO	9	10	evv4	figs-activepassive	ἐγράφη	1	for our sake	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote it” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God said it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	9	10	evv4	figs-activepassive	ἐγράφη	1	for our sake	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote it” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God said it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	9	10	d1cn	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	for our sake	Here, **that** could introduce: (1) the reason why **it was written**. Alternate translation: “because” (2) a summary of the content of what **was written**. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “and it means that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1CO	9	10	c42y	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἀροτριῶν…ὁ ἀλοῶν	1	for our sake	Paul is speaking of these people in general, not of one particular person who **plows** or **threshes**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “anyone who plows … anyone who threshes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1CO	9	10	bdlk	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι…ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τοῦ μετέχειν	1	for our sake	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **hope**, you can express the idea by using an adverb such as “hopefully” or a verb such as “expect.” Alternate translation: “hopefully … hopefully expecting to share the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	10	6	afxo		μὴ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἐπιθυμητὰς	1	in the wilderness	Alternate translation: “we would not desire”
 1CO	10	6	eisd	figs-ellipsis	ἐπεθύμησαν	1	to play	Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a full sentence. If your language needs these words, you could supply them from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “desired evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1CO	10	7	lven	writing-quotations	ὥσπερ γέγραπται	1	to play	In Paul’s culture, **even as it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In this case, the quotation comes from [Exodus 32:6](../exo/32/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand how Paul introduces the quotation, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it can be read in Exodus” or “For in the book of Exodus we read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1CO	10	7	w1iv	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	to play	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture or scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Moses has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	10	7	w1iv	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	to play	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture or scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Moses has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	10	7	ej16	figs-quotations	γέγραπται, ἐκάθισεν ὁ λαὸς φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν, καὶ ἀνέστησαν παίζειν	1	to play	If your language does not use this form, you can translate the command as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “it is written that the people sat down to eat and to drink and rose up to play” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 1CO	10	7	awhu	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν ὁ λαὸς φαγεῖν καὶ πεῖν, καὶ ἀνέστησαν παίζειν	1	to play	This quotation comes from a story in which Moses has gone up on a mountain to meet with God. While he is gone, the Israelites make an idol and worship it. This quotation is how their worship is described. Paul chooses this verse because it refers specifically to food sacrificed to idols and to sexual immorality (**play**, see the next note), which are the topics he has discussed and will again discuss. If your readers are not familiar with this story, you could add a footnote that refers to or summarizes the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	10	7	ukp4	figs-euphemism	παίζειν	1	to play	Here, **play** is a polite way to refer to sexual behavior. If your readers would misunderstand **play**, you could use a comparable polite term. Alternate translation: “to have sex” or “to make love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	10	19	ix5q	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν φημι? ὅτι	1	What am I saying then?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question introduces a clarifying statement from Paul. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a statement that introduces a clarification. Alternate translation: “Here is what I want to clarify: is it true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	10	19	b9ct	writing-pronouns	τί οὖν φημι	1	What am I saying then?	Here Paul is referring to what he has said in his argument about idols and things sacrificed to them. If your readers would misunderstand that Paul is referring to what he has said so far, you could express that more clearly. Alternate translation: “What does what I have argued imply, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1CO	10	19	j8dj	translate-unknown	εἰδωλόθυτόν	1	Or that food sacrificed to an idol is anything?	Just as in [8:1](../08/01.md), here Paul speaks about animals that are slaughtered, offered to a god, and then eaten. For many people in Paul’s culture, this was the only meat that was available for them to eat. In many cases, people would eat this meat at a god’s temple or shrine. However, sometimes the meat could be sold to people who would then eat it in their homes. In the next verses, Paul will speak about whether and how Christians should eat or not eat this meat. If your language has a specific word or phrase for meat from an animal that has been offered to a god, you could use it here. If your language does not have such a word, you can use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	10	19	lxm3	figs-activepassive	εἰδωλόθυτόν	1	Or that food sacrificed to an idol is anything?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “food that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	10	19	lxm3	figs-activepassive	εἰδωλόθυτόν	1	Or that food sacrificed to an idol is anything?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what is **sacrificed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sacrificing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “food that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	10	19	l9t4	figs-rquestion	οὖν…ὅτι εἰδωλόθυτόν τὶ ἐστιν, ἢ ὅτι εἴδωλόν τὶ ἐστιν?	1		Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “no, they are not.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “then? Food sacrificed to idols is nothing, and an idol is nothing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1CO	10	19	tmkb		τὶ ἐστιν	-1		Here, **is anything** could ask about: (1) whether **food sacrificed idols** and **an idol** are significant or important. Alternate translation: “is significant … is significant” (2) whether **food sacrificed to idols** and **an idol** are real or not. Alternate translation: “is real … is real”
 1CO	10	20	skct	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὅτι	1		Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a full sentence. If your language needs these words, you could supply some from the previous verse ([10:19](../10/19.md)). Alternate translation: “Rather, I am saying that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	25	z4kk	figs-idiom	τὸ αὐτὸ	1	there may be no division within the body, but	Here, **the same** means that **the members** are “caring” for each body part **the same** way they care for all the others. In other words, the body parts make no distinctions about honor or dignity. Instead, they treat each other **the same**. If your readers would misunderstand **the same**, you could express the idea with a comparable phrase that emphasizes equality or similarity. Alternate translation: “equally” or “without distinctions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	12	26	wyve	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἴτε πάσχει ἓν μέλος…εἴτε δοξάζεται μέλος	1	one member is honored	Here Paul uses the conditional form to show the connection between **one member** and **all the members**. If the conditional form does not draw a close connection between what happens to **one** and what happens to **all**, you could use a different form that does draw a close connection. Alternate translation: “when one member suffers … when a member is honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 1CO	12	26	gqc1	figs-personification	εἴτε πάσχει ἓν μέλος, συνπάσχει πάντα τὰ μέλη	1	one member is honored	Here Paul speaks as if **one member** and indeed **all the members** of a body could **suffer**, which is a word that is normally used for people instead of things. He speaks in this way because he wants the Corinthians to think of themselves as **members** of the body of Christ, and so the **members** of a human body are an example for them. Here, he specifically has in mind the idea that an injury or infection in one body part (a finger, for example) has an effect on the entire body. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use an analogy or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “if one member feels pain, all the members also feel the pain” or “if one member is like a person who suffers, all the members also join in the suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-1CO	12	26	da97	figs-activepassive	δοξάζεται μέλος	1	one member is honored	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to avoid stating who is doing the “honoring.” If you must state who does it, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they honor a member” or “a member receives honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	12	26	da97	figs-activepassive	δοξάζεται μέλος	1	one member is honored	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to avoid stating who is doing the “honoring.” If you must state who does it, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they honor a member” or “a member receives honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	12	26	vlcf	figs-personification	συνχαίρει πάντα τὰ μέλη	1	one member is honored	Here Paul speaks as if **all the members** of a body could **rejoice** like people do. He speaks in this way because he wants the Corinthians to think of themselves as **members** of the body of Christ, and so **the members** of a human body are an example for them. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use an analogy or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “all the members are like people who rejoice together” or “all the members together receive the honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1CO	12	27	z2ct	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δέ	1	Now you are	Here, **Now** introduces the application of what Paul has been saying about **the body** in [12:12–26](../12/12.md). You could use a word or phrase that would naturally introduce an application or explanation of what Paul has said in these verses. Alternate translation: “In the end,” or “What I mean is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1CO	12	27	i8i6	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς…ἐστε σῶμα Χριστοῦ, καὶ μέλη ἐκ μέρους	1	Now you are	Here Paul speaks as if believers were **members**, or body parts, that together make up **the body of Christ**. By speaking in this way, he applies everything he has said in [12:12–26](../12/12.md) about “bodies” to the church, and he emphasizes the unity of the church. Paul used **body** language throughout this whole paragraph, and it is an important metaphor for 1 Corinthians and for Christian teaching. Because of this, you should preserve this metaphor or, if you must express the idea differently, use an analogy. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are the body of Christ and individually members of it” or “you function as the body of Christ, and individually you function as members of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	12	31	vb1m	figs-imperative	ζηλοῦτε	1	earnestly desire the greater gifts.	Here, **earnestly desire** could be: (1) a command from Paul. Alternate translation: “you should earnestly desire” (2) a statement about what the Corinthians are doing. Alternate translation: “you are earnestly desiring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1CO	12	31	jjly	figs-irony	τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ μείζονα	1	earnestly desire the greater gifts.	Here, **greater** could indicate: (1) what Paul thinks are **greater gifts**, which would be the ones that most benefit other believers. Alternate translation: “the gifts that are greater” or “the gifts that help others” (2) what the Corinthians think are the **greater gifts**, which Paul may disagree with. The Corinthians would probably include speaking in tongues as a **greater gift**. If you choose this option, you will need to express **earnestly desire** as a statement, not as an imperative. Alternate translation: “what you think are greater gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 1CO	12	31	r4hl	figs-pastforfuture	ὑμῖν δείκνυμι	1	earnestly desire the greater gifts.	Here Paul introduces what he will tell the Corinthians in the next chapter. Use a natural verb tense in your language for referring to what a person is about to say. Alternate translation: “I am going to show you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-1CO	13	intro	abcg			0		# 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>8. On spiritual gifts (12:1–14:40)<br>      * The necessity of love (13:1–3)<br>      * The characteristics of love (13:4–7)<br>      * The enduring nature of love (13:8–13)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Love<br><br>Paul’s main topic in this chapter is love. He speaks about how important it is, what it is like, and how it will endure forever. Much of the time, it seems that he is emphasizing love for other people. However, he likely also has love for God in mind. See the notes for ways to translate the abstract noun “love” if your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical situations<br><br>In [13:1–3](../13/01.md), Paul provides three hypothetical situations. He uses these situations to show how essential love is: no matter what other great things a person can do, they must have love. He uses himself as the character in the situations to avoid making someone else an example of a person who does not have love. Consider natural ways to speak about hypothetical situations in your language. If your readers would be confused when Paul uses “I” in the hypothetical situations, you could use a generic reference to a “person” or “someone” instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>### Personification<br><br>In [13:4–8a](../13/04.md), Paul speaks about love as if it were a person who could do things. He speaks in this way because it makes the abstract idea of “love” easier to think about. If your readers would be confused when Paul speaks about love as a person, you could express the idea in another way. See the notes on those verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br><br>### Child analogy<br><br>In [13:11](../13/11.md), Paul again uses himself as an example. This time he speaks about what he did as a child and what he does as an adult. He speaks in this way to illustrate how some things are appropriate for specific times. For example, speaking like a child is appropriate when one is a child, but it is not appropriate when one is an adult. Paul wishes the Corinthians to apply this reasoning to spiritual gifts and to love. Spiritual gifts are appropriate until Jesus comes back, but then they will no longer be appropriate. On the other hand, love is always appropriate.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Non-exhaustive lists<br><br>In [13:4–8a](../13/04.md), Paul provides a list of love’s characteristics. While he mentions many things, he does not intend the list to completely define every characteristic of love. Instead, he wishes to show the Corinthians what love is like. Make sure that your translation does not imply that the characteristics that Paul lists are the only characteristics that love has.<br><br>### First-person singular and plural<br><br>In [13:1–3](../13/01.md), [11](../13/11.md), [12b](../13/12.md), Paul speaks of himself in the first-person singular. In [13:9](../13/09.md), [12a](../13/12.md), Paul includes the Corinthians and other believers with himself by using the first-person plural. However, the alternation between singular and plural, especially in [13:11–12](../13/11.md), shows that Paul is not drawing any distinctions between his own experiences and those of other believers. Rather, Paul uses himself as an example, but he also wishes to speak about believers in general. If your readers would find switching between first-person singular and first-person plural to be confusing, you can use the first-person plural throughout. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+1CO	13	intro	abcg			0		# 1 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>8. On spiritual gifts (12:1–14:40)<br>      * The necessity of love (13:1–3)<br>      * The characteristics of love (13:4–7)<br>      * The enduring nature of love (13:8–13)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Love<br><br>Paul’s main topic in this chapter is love. He speaks about how important it is, what it is like, and how it will endure forever. Much of the time, it seems that he is emphasizing love for other people. However, he likely also has love for God in mind. See the notes for ways to translate the abstract noun “love” if your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical situations<br><br>In [13:1–3](../13/01.md), Paul provides three hypothetical situations. He uses these situations to show how essential love is: no matter what other great things a person can do, they must have love. He uses himself as the character in the situations to avoid making someone else an example of a person who does not have love. Consider natural ways to speak about hypothetical situations in your language. If your readers would be confused when Paul uses “I” in the hypothetical situations, you can use a generic reference to a “person” or “someone” instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>### Personification<br><br>In [13:4–8a](../13/04.md), Paul speaks about love as if it were a person who could do things. He speaks in this way because it makes the abstract idea of “love” easier to think about. If your readers would be confused when Paul speaks about love as a person, you can express the idea in another way. See the notes on those verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br><br>### Child analogy<br><br>In [13:11](../13/11.md), Paul again uses himself as an example. This time he speaks about what he did as a child and what he does as an adult. He speaks in this way to illustrate how some things are appropriate for specific times. For example, speaking like a child is appropriate when one is a child, but it is not appropriate when one is an adult. Paul wishes the Corinthians to apply this reasoning to spiritual gifts and to love. Spiritual gifts are appropriate until Jesus comes back, but then they will no longer be appropriate. On the other hand, love is always appropriate.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Non-exhaustive lists<br><br>In [13:4–8a](../13/04.md), Paul provides a list of love’s characteristics. While he mentions many things, he does not intend the list to completely define every characteristic of love. Instead, he wishes to show the Corinthians what love is like. Make sure that your translation does not imply that the characteristics that Paul lists are the only characteristics that love has.<br><br>### First-person singular and plural<br><br>In [13:1–3](../13/01.md), [11](../13/11.md), [12b](../13/12.md), Paul speaks of himself in the first-person singular. In [13:9](../13/09.md), [12a](../13/12.md), Paul includes the Corinthians and other believers with himself by using the first-person plural. However, the alternation between singular and plural, especially in [13:11–12](../13/11.md), shows that Paul is not drawing any distinctions between his own experiences and those of other believers. Rather, Paul uses himself as an example, but he also wishes to speak about believers in general. If your readers would find switching between first-person singular and first-person plural to be confusing, you can use the first-person plural throughout. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1CO	13	1	n8lm	figs-hypo	ἐὰν ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαλῶ καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων, ἀγάπην δὲ μὴ ἔχω	1	Connecting Statement:	Here Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Corinthians. He wants them to imagine that he could **speak with tongues of men and of angels** but also that he did **not have love**. He uses himself in this hypothetical situation so that he does not offend the Corinthians by using them as an example of people without **love**. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose that I could speak with the tongues of men and of angels, but also suppose that I did not have love.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1CO	13	1	cm2n	figs-metonymy	ταῖς γλώσσαις	1	the tongues of … angels	Here, **tongues** refers to something that one does with one’s “tongue,” which is to speak a language. If your readers would misunderstand that **tongues** is a way of speaking about “languages,” you could use a comparable term or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “with the languages” or “in the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	13	1	axzw	translate-unknown	ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων…καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	the tongues of … angels	Here Paul refers to two specific categories of **tongues**: those **of men** and those **of angels**. He does not mean that these are the only kinds of **tongues** that exist, but he does think that these two kinds do exist. If your readers would misunderstand **tongues of men and of angels**, you could use a normal way to refer to various human languages and then also modify it so that you could use it for angelic languages. Alternate translation: “foreign languages and angelic languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	13	5	cp6x	figs-personification	οὐκ ἀσχημονεῖ, οὐ ζητεῖ τὰ ἑαυτῆς, οὐ παροξύνεται, οὐ λογίζεται τὸ κακόν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, just like in [13:4](../13/4.md), Paul speaks as if “love” were a person. Continue to follow the translation strategies you chose in that verse. Alternate translation: “If you love others, you are not rude; you are not seeking your own; you are not easily angered; you do not keep a count of wrongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1CO	13	5	l8l6	translate-unknown	οὐκ ἀσχημονεῖ	1	It is not easily angered	Here, **rude** refers to behavior that is shameful or disgraceful. If your readers would misunderstand **rude**, you could use a word that refers to shameful or disgraceful behavior. Alternate translation: “It does not do disgraceful things” or “it is not inappropriate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	13	5	rj3v	figs-idiom	οὐ ζητεῖ τὰ ἑαυτῆς	1	It is not easily angered	Here, **its own** refers to what is good for oneself. In other words, seeking **its own** would mean that “love” is trying to do what is best for itself, not for others. If your readers would misunderstand **it does not seek its own**, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea with a word such as “selfish.” Alternate translation: “it is not selfish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1CO	13	5	xt3v	figs-activepassive	οὐ παροξύνεται	1	It is not easily angered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive here to focus on the person who is **angered** rather than focusing on the one provoking them. If you must state who did the action, you can use a vague or generic subject. Alternate translation: “others do not anger them easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	13	5	xt3v	figs-activepassive	οὐ παροξύνεται	1	It is not easily angered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive here to focus on the person who is **angered** rather than focusing on the one provoking them. If you must state who did the action, you can use a vague or generic subject. Alternate translation: “others do not anger them easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	13	5	eem0	figs-metaphor	οὐ λογίζεται τὸ κακόν	1	It is not easily angered	Here Paul speaks as if someone could keep **count**, as if they were writing them down and adding them up, of each and every bad thing that others have done. He speaks in this way to describe how people remember **wrongs** and do not forgive them. If your readers would misunderstand **keep a count of wrongs**, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “it does not hold onto wrongs” or “it is not resentful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	13	6	wl5y	figs-personification	οὐ χαίρει ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, συνχαίρει δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ;	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, just like in [13:4–5](../13/4.md), Paul speaks as if “love” were a person. Continue to follow the translation strategies you chose in those verses. Alternate translation: “If you love others, you do not rejoice in unrighteousness, but you rejoice in the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1CO	13	6	tpz6	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ χαίρει ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, συνχαίρει δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ;	1	It does not rejoice in unrighteousness. Instead, it rejoices in the truth	Here Paul uses two negative words, **not** and **unrighteousness**, to indicate a positive meaning. If your language does not use two negative words like this, you can instead use one positive word. If you do so, you will have to make the second half a connection instead of a contrast. Alternate translation: “It rejoices in righteousness and in the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -1867,8 +1867,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	14	7	xunn	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	ἐὰν διαστολὴν τοῖς φθόγγοις μὴ δῷ	1	they do not make different sounds	Here Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that **flute** and **harp** really do **give different sounds**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if they actually did not give different sounds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 1CO	14	7	t3rb	figs-explicit	διαστολὴν τοῖς φθόγγοις μὴ δῷ	1	they do not make different sounds	Here Paul refers to how an instrument like a **flute** or a **harp** produces many **different sounds**. It is only because it produces a variety of different sounds that it can create a melody or a song. If your readers would misunderstand what Paul is talking about here, you could make it more explicit that he is talking about how different sounds make up a song or melody. Alternate translation: “they did not make many different pitches” or “they did not create various notes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	14	7	hq2u	figs-rquestion	πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ αὐλούμενον ἢ τὸ κιθαριζόμενον?	1	how will it be known what is being played on the flute	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “it will not.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “the thing being played on the flute or the thing being played on the harp will not be known.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	14	7	fmn6	figs-activepassive	τὸ αὐλούμενον ἢ τὸ κιθαριζόμενον	1	how will it be known what is being played on the flute	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul here uses the passive to emphasize the song instead of the person who plays the song. If you must state who did the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “what a person plays on the flute or what a person plays on the harp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1CO	14	7	cfaw	figs-activepassive	πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ αὐλούμενον ἢ τὸ κιθαριζόμενον	1	how will it be known what is being played on the flute	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “how will anyone know the thing being played on the flute or the thing being played on the harp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	14	7	fmn6	figs-activepassive	τὸ αὐλούμενον ἢ τὸ κιθαριζόμενον	1	how will it be known what is being played on the flute	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul here uses the passive to emphasize the song instead of the person who plays the song. If you must state who did the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “what a person plays on the flute or what a person plays on the harp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	14	7	cfaw	figs-activepassive	πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ αὐλούμενον ἢ τὸ κιθαριζόμενον	1	how will it be known what is being played on the flute	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “how will anyone know the thing being played on the flute or the thing being played on the harp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	14	8	qdy0	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ γὰρ	1	who will prepare for battle?	Here, **For indeed** introduces another example that further supports what Paul said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand **For indeed**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example. Alternate translation: “Again,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1CO	14	8	ykv3	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἄδηλον σάλπιγξ φωνὴν δῷ, τίς παρασκευάσεται εἰς πόλεμον	1	who will prepare for battle?	In Paul’s culture, soldiers would often use **a trumpet** to issue commands or signals before or during a **battle**. These signals could indicate that an enemy was coming, that the soldiers should attack or retreat, or various other things. If your readers would misunderstand why Paul jumps from talking about **a trumpet** to talking about a **battle**, you could state more explicitly that the **trumpet** was used in warfare. Alternate translation: “if a trumpet gives an uncertain sound when a solider uses it to signal other soldiers, who will prepare for battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	14	8	h3hv	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	ἐὰν ἄδηλον σάλπιγξ φωνὴν δῷ	1	who will prepare for battle?	Here Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that **a trumpet** really does **give** a certain or clear **sound**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if a trumpet actually were to give an uncertain sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
@@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	14	20	mh5t	figs-metaphor	μὴ παιδία γίνεσθε…τῇ κακίᾳ, νηπιάζετε	1	do not be children in your thinking	Here, much like in [13:11](../13/11.md), Paul compares people to **children**. He is particularly thinking about how children do not know very much or do very much. Paul does not want the Corinthians to be like children in how children know very little. Rather, he wants the Corinthians to be like children in how children do very little **evil**. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could express it as an analogy or in a nonfigurative way. If possible, preserve the metaphor, because Paul has already used “child” language in [13:11](../13/11.md). Alternate translation: “do not be immature, like children, … do very little evil, like children,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	14	20	i2w1	figs-infostructure	ἀλλὰ τῇ κακίᾳ, νηπιάζετε, ταῖς δὲ φρεσὶν, τέλειοι γίνεσθε	1	do not be children in your thinking	If your language would naturally express the contrast before the comparison, you could move the clause about being **mature** before the clause about being **childlike**. Alternate translation: “Rather, become mature in the thoughts, and only be childlike in evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1CO	14	20	y2og		τῇ κακίᾳ	1	do not be children in your thinking	Alternate translation: “about evil”
-1CO	14	21	jx6l	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γέγραπται	1	In the law it is written,	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to emphasize the words rather than emphasizing whoever wrote the words. If you must state who did the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “In the Law someone wrote” or “They wrote in the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	14	21	jx6l	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γέγραπται	1	In the law it is written,	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to emphasize the words rather than emphasizing whoever wrote the words. If you must state who did the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “In the Law someone wrote” or “They wrote in the Law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	14	21	mbkb	writing-quotations	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γέγραπται	1	In the law it is written,	In Paul’s culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book titled “Isaiah” (see [Isaiah 28:11–12](../isa/28/11.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It can be read in the Law” or “In the Law, the book of Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1CO	14	21	up8a	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1	In the law it is written,	Here, **law** refers to all of the scriptures of Israel that we call the Old Testament. It does not refer just to the first five books or to books that have “laws.” If your readers would misunderstand **law**, you could use a term that refers more clearly to the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “In the scriptures” or “In the Israelites’ sacred book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	14	21	f5gp	figs-quotations	γέγραπται, ὅτι ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν ἑτέρων, λαλήσω τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ καὶ οὐδ’ οὕτως εἰσακούσονταί μου, λέγει Κύριος	1	In the law it is written,	If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate these statements as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. Alternate translation: “it is written that by people of other tongues and by the lips of strangers God will speak to this people, but not even in this way will they hear him. So says the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -2075,7 +2075,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	3	azw6	figs-extrainfo	ὃ καὶ παρέλαβον	1	for our sins	Here Paul does not clarify from whom he **received** this information. In [11:23](../11/23.md), which uses very similar words, Paul says that he “received” things “from the Lord.” Here, then, it is likely that he also **received** what he is about to say “from the Lord.” However, he may also mean that he **received** this specific way of expressing the good news from another human being. Since Paul avoids stating from whom he **received** what he is about to say, you should also try to avoid stating it. If you must state whom he **received** it from, you could refer to “the Lord” or generally to people. Alternate translation: “what I also received from the Lord” or “what I also received from others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 1CO	15	3	f5yp		ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν	1	for our sins	Alternate translation: “in order to deal with our sins”
 1CO	15	3	inj2	writing-quotations	κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς	1	according to the scriptures	In Paul’s culture, **according to** was a normal way to introduce a reference to an important text. In this case, Paul does not state exactly which part of **the Scriptures** he has in mind but rather refers to **the Scriptures** as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand how Paul introduces the quotation, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “as the Scriptures say” or “as can be read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1CO	15	4	wa7m	figs-activepassive	ἐτάφη	1	he was buried	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive to avoid saying who **buried** him, so if you must state who did the action, you can use a generic or nonspecific subject. Alternate translation: “they buried him” or “someone buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	15	4	wa7m	figs-activepassive	ἐτάφη	1	he was buried	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive to avoid saying who **buried** him, so if you must state who did the action, you can use a generic or nonspecific subject. Alternate translation: “they buried him” or “someone buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	4	n7c7	figs-activepassive	ἐγήγερται	1	he was raised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive here to focus on Jesus, who **was raised**, rather than focusing on the one doing the “raising.” If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	4	d6ew	figs-idiom	ἐγήγερται	1	was raised	Here, **raised** refers to someone who had died then coming back to life. If your language does not use **raised** to describe coming back to life, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “he was restored to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	15	4	zufz	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	was raised	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	8	tcqq	figs-explicit	ὡσπερεὶ τῷ ἐκτρώματι	1	a child born at the wrong time	Paul here compares himself to a **child born at the wrong time**. He may mean: (1) that he saw Christ and became an apostle suddenly or at an unusual time, just like **a child born at the wrong time**. Alternate translation: “which happened suddenly, as if I were a child born at the wrong time” (2) that before Christ appeared to him, he was as powerless and wretched as a **child born at the wrong time**. Alternate translation: “who was as powerless and wretched as a child born at the wrong time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	15	9	frj2	figs-infostructure	ἐγὼ…εἰμι ὁ ἐλάχιστος τῶν ἀποστόλων, ὃς οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς καλεῖσθαι ἀπόστολος, διότι ἐδίωξα τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	a child born at the wrong time	If your language would state the reason before the result, you could move the clause **because I persecuted the church of God** earlier in the sentence. It could give the reason for: (1) **who am not worthy to be called an apostle**. Alternate translation: “I am the least of the apostles, who, because I persecuted the church of God, am not worthy to be called an apostle” (2) the whole sentence. Alternate translation: “because I persecuted the church of God, I am the least of the apostles, who am not worthy to be called an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 1CO	15	9	u3ta	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐλάχιστος	1	a child born at the wrong time	Here, **least** implies **least** in importance and honor. If your readers would not infer that importance and honor are what Paul is **least** in, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the least important” or “the least valuable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1CO	15	9	gzyz	figs-activepassive	καλεῖσθαι	1	a child born at the wrong time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul uses the passive to avoid stating who is doing the “calling,” you can use a vague or indefinite subject if you must state who does the action. Alternate translation: “for people to call me” or “for them to call me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	15	9	gzyz	figs-activepassive	καλεῖσθαι	1	a child born at the wrong time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul uses the passive to avoid stating who is doing the “calling,” you can use a vague or indefinite subject if you must state who does the action. Alternate translation: “for people to call me” or “for them to call me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	9	zxzb	translate-unknown	τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	a child born at the wrong time	Here, **the church of God** refers to everyone who believes in the Messiah. It does not refer to just one **church** or group of believers. If your readers would misunderstand **the church of God**, you could make it clear that this phrase refers to all believers Alternate translation: “the churches of God” or “the whole church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	15	10	jc1j	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτι…Θεοῦ…ἡ χάρις αὐτοῦ ἡ εἰς ἐμὲ…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	his grace in me was not in vain	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **grace**, you can express the idea by using a verb such as “give” or an adjective such as “gracious.” Alternate translation: “because God acted graciously to me, …the fact that he acted graciously to me … God acted graciously” or “by what God gave me … what he gave me that was in me … what God gave to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	15	10	caun	figs-explicit	ὅ εἰμι	1	his grace in me was not in vain	Here Paul does not state what **I am**. However, the previous verse implies that he is an “apostle” ([15:9](../15/09.md)). If your readers would not make this inference, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I am, that is, an apostle” or “an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2134,7 +2134,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	14	qre2	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	not even Christ has been raised	Here, **our** refers to Paul and the other apostles mentioned in earlier verses (see [15:11](../15/11.md)). It does not include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	15	14	loal	figs-abstractnouns	κενὸν…τὸ κήρυγμα ἡμῶν, κενὴ καὶ ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν	1	not even Christ has been raised	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **preaching** and **faith**, you can express the ideas by using verbs such as “preach” and “believe.” Alternate translation: “we preached in vain, and you believed in vain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	15	14	xxtq	figs-idiom	κενὸν…κενὴ	1	not even Christ has been raised	Here, **in vain** identifies a cause that does not have its intended effect. In this case, the apostles’ **preaching** and the Corinthians’ **faith** would not lead to salvation **if Christ has not been raised**. If your readers would misunderstand **in vain**, you could use a word or phrase that identifies a cause that does not have its intended effect. Alternate translation: “is useless … is useless” or “has no meaning … has no meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1CO	15	15	gi99	figs-activepassive	εὑρισκόμεθα	1	Connecting Statement:	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on who **are found** rather than focusing on the person doing the “finding.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they would find us to be” or “people would find us to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	15	15	gi99	figs-activepassive	εὑρισκόμεθα	1	Connecting Statement:	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on who **are found** rather than focusing on the person doing the “finding.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they would find us to be” or “people would find us to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	15	ejp5	figs-idiom	εὑρισκόμεθα	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **we are found** indicates that other people realize or find out something about “us.” The phrase emphasizes the status of the subject (**we**) more than the action of others in finding that status out. If your readers would misunderstand **we are found to be**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to status. Alternate translation: “it is clear that we are” or “everyone would know that we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	15	15	r0xf	figs-exclusive	εὑρισκόμεθα…ἐμαρτυρήσαμεν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, just as “our” did in [15:14](../15/14.md), **we** refers to Paul and the other apostles mentioned in earlier verses (see [15:11](../15/11.md)). It does not include the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1CO	15	15	ctn5	figs-possession	ψευδομάρτυρες τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	we are found to be false witnesses about God	Here Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that he and other apostles would be **false witnesses** who say false things about **God**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a word such as “about” or by using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “false witnesses concerning God” or “falsely testifying about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	24	u298	writing-pronouns	παραδιδῷ…καταργήσῃ	1	General Information:	Here, **he** refers to “Christ.” If your readers would misunderstand to whom **he** refers, you could use “Christ” in one or both of these places. Alternate translation: “Christ hands over … Christ has abolished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1CO	15	24	xkl6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί	1	General Information:	Here, **God** and **Father** are two names for the same person. The name **Father** makes it clear that Paul is speaking about “God the Father” to distinguish him from “God the Son,” who is the one who **hands over the kingdom**. Use a word or phrase here that clearly names “God the Father.” Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1CO	15	24	uwh3	translate-unknown	καταργήσῃ	1	he will abolish all rule and all authority and power	Here, **abolished** refers to making someone or something ineffective or no longer in control. If your readers would misunderstand **abolished**, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that the Messiah has conquered or made something ineffective. Alternate translation: “he has overcome” or “he has put an end to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-1CO	15	24	w4e1	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν	1	he will abolish all rule and all authority and power	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **rule**, **authority**, and **power**, you could express the idea by using verbs such as “rule,” “govern,” and “control.” Paul is speaking here about the position or ability to have **rule** and **authority** and **power**, so you could refer to the position or ability itself, or you can refer to the person or thing that fills that position or has that ability. Alternate translation: “all ruling and all governing and controlling” or “all those who rule and all those who govern and control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1CO	15	24	w4e1	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν	1	he will abolish all rule and all authority and power	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **rule**, **authority**, and **power**, you can express the idea by using verbs such as “rule,” “govern,” and “control.” Paul is speaking here about the position or ability to have **rule** and **authority** and **power**, so you can refer to the position or ability itself, or you can refer to the person or thing that fills that position or has that ability. Alternate translation: “all ruling and all governing and controlling” or “all those who rule and all those who govern and control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1CO	15	24	kit3	figs-explicit	πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν	1	he will abolish all rule and all authority and power	Here, **rule**, **authority**, and **power** could identify: (1) any position or person that has **rule**, **authority**, and **power**. Alternate translation: “all positions of rule and all positions of authority and power” (2) powerful spiritual beings that have **rule**, **authority**, and **power** or that are called “rules,” “authorities,” and “powers.” Alternate translation: “all the powerful spiritual beings that exercise rule and authority and power” or “all spiritual beings and all angels and archangels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	15	24	ksjs		πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν	1	he will abolish all rule and all authority and power	Here Paul includes **all** with the first two items in the list but not with the third item. He does this to connect the last two items together, which means that **all** modifies both **authority** and **power**. If you can group the last two items closely together, you could do so here. If your readers would misunderstand why Paul uses **all** with only two of the three items, you could use one **all** to modify the whole list, or you could repeat **all** with each item. Alternate translation: “all rule and authority and power” or “all rule and all authority and all power”
 1CO	15	25	phrn	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	until he has put all his enemies under his feet	Here, **For** introduces Paul’s explanation of how Christ “abolishes all rule and all authority and power” ([15:24](../15/24.md)). If your readers would misunderstand **For**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Specifically,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -2224,14 +2224,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	28	v3lb	figs-idiom	πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν	1	the Son himself	Here, **all in all** is a phrase that emphasizes that **God** rules and controls everything that exists. If your readers would misunderstand **all in all**, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to how **God** rules and controls **all** things. Alternate translation: “supreme” or “the one who rules all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	15	29	j7o9	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἐπεὶ	1	Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead?	Here, **Otherwise** introduces the opposite of what Paul has argued in [15:12–28](../15/12.md). If what he has argued about Jesus’ resurrection and its importance is not true, then what he says in this verse must be true. If your readers would misunderstand **Otherwise**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an opposite or contrast. Alternate translation: “If all that is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1CO	15	29	a4d4	figs-rquestion	τί ποιήσουσιν, οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν?	1	Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The implied answer to the question is “They will accomplish nothing.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea by using a strong negation. Alternate translation: “those who are baptized for the dead do nothing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	15	29	izah	figs-activepassive	ποιήσουσιν, οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι	1	Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are getting **baptized** rather than focusing on the person doing the “baptizing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “will those do whom others baptize” or “will those do who receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	15	29	izah	figs-activepassive	ποιήσουσιν, οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι	1	Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are getting **baptized** rather than focusing on the person doing the “baptizing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “will those do whom others baptize” or “will those do who receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	29	jpb7	figs-explicit	ποιήσουσιν, οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι	1	Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead?	Here Paul speaks of “doing” something in the future. He could be referring to: (1) the intended result of being **baptized**, which happens after the baptism. Alternate translation: “will those accomplish who are baptized” (2) what the people **who are baptized** think that they are doing. Alternate translation: “do those who are baptized think that they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	15	29	m7v6	figs-explicit	ποιήσουσιν, οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν…βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν	1	Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead?	It is unclear what being **baptized for the dead** actually means and what kind of practice it refers to. What is clear is that the practice only makes sense if one believes that **the dead** are **raised**. If possible, express these phrases in general terms. Two of the most common ways to understand being **baptized for the dead** are that it could refer to: (1) the practice of living believers receiving baptism in place of people who died without being baptized. Alternate translation: “will those do who are baptized in place of the dead … are they baptized in their place” (2) people receiving baptism because they believe that the **dead** will “rise.” They could be expecting their own resurrection or the resurrection of people they knew who are **dead**. Alternate translation: “will those do who are baptized with the dead in mind … are they baptized with them in mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1CO	15	29	js1o	figs-nominaladj	τῶν νεκρῶν…νεκροὶ	1	Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead?	Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to all people who are **dead**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people … the dead people” or “the corpses … the corpses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1CO	15	29	t3yc	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ὅλως νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται	1	are not raised	Here Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that **the dead** really are **raised**. He uses this form to show the Corinthians the implications of their claim that **the dead are not raised**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if the dead actually are not raised at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 1CO	15	29	jdc9	figs-activepassive	νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται	1	the dead are not raised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are or **are not raised** rather than focusing on the person doing the raising. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “God does not raise the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	29	s7kx	figs-rquestion	τί καὶ βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν	1	why then are they baptized for them?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The implied answer to the question is “There is no reason why.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea by using a strong negation. Alternate translation: “they are baptized for them for nothing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1CO	15	29	mdnr	figs-activepassive	βαπτίζονται	1	why then are they baptized for them?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are getting **baptized** rather than focusing on the person doing the “baptizing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “do others baptize them” or “do they receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	15	29	mdnr	figs-activepassive	βαπτίζονται	1	why then are they baptized for them?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are getting **baptized** rather than focusing on the person doing the “baptizing.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “do others baptize them” or “do they receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	29	wibf	writing-pronouns	βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν	1	why then are they baptized for them?	Here, **they** refers to the people **who are baptized for the dead**, while **them** refers to **the dead**. If your readers would misunderstand these pronouns, you could state the people they refer to explicitly. Alternate translation: “are these people baptized for the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1CO	15	30	mh1y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τί καὶ	1	Why then, are we in danger every hour?	Here, **Why also** introduces another response to the condition “If the dead are not raised at all” in [15:29](../15/29.md). Use a word or phrase that clearly connects this question back to that condition. Alternate translation: “Again, if that is true, why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1CO	15	30	h4ra	figs-rquestion	τί καὶ ἡμεῖς κινδυνεύομεν πᾶσαν ὥραν?	1	Why then, are we in danger every hour?	Paul does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the Corinthians in what he is arguing. The implied answer to the question is “There is no reason why.” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express the idea by using a strong affirmation. Alternate translation: “We also are in danger every hour for nothing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	32	gthm	figs-hyperbole	αὔριον…ἀποθνῄσκομεν	1	Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die	Here, **tomorrow** refers to a time that will come soon. It does not necessarily refer to the day after today. The saying uses **tomorrow** to emphasize how soon **we** will **die**. If your readers would misunderstand **tomorrow**, you could use a comparable word or phrase that emphasizes a time that will soon arrive. Alternate translation: “soon we die” or “sometime very soon we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1CO	15	33	q7uc	writing-quotations	μὴ πλανᾶσθε— φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί	1	Bad company corrupts good morals	The Corinthians would have recognized **“Bad company corrupts good morals”** as a common saying. If your readers would misunderstand how Paul introduces this saying, you could use a phrase that indicates that Paul is referring to a common saying. Alternate translation: “Do not be deceived. As the saying goes, ‘Bad company corrupts good morals’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1CO	15	33	qlhh	figs-quotations	μὴ πλανᾶσθε— φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί	1	Bad company corrupts good morals	If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the saying as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Make sure that your readers know that Paul is referring to a common saying. Alternate translation: “Do not be deceived. People say that bad company corrupts good morals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-1CO	15	33	ehet	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Bad company corrupts good morals	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **deceived** rather than focusing on the people doing the “deceiving.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Do not let others deceive you” or “You should not allow people to deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	15	33	ehet	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Bad company corrupts good morals	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **deceived** rather than focusing on the people doing the “deceiving.” If you must state who does the action, you can use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Do not let others deceive you” or “You should not allow people to deceive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	33	b5zl	writing-proverbs	φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί	1	Bad company corrupts good morals	In Paul’s culture, this statement was a proverb that many people would have been familiar with. The proverb means that bad friends turn a good person into a bad person. you could translate the proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Bad friends ruin good people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 1CO	15	33	vy9x	translate-unknown	ὁμιλίαι κακαί	1	Bad company corrupts good morals	Here, **Bad company** refers to a persons’ friends who normally do what is wrong. If your readers would misunderstand **Bad company**, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to friends who do what is wrong. Alternate translation: “Wicked companions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1CO	15	33	f3c5	translate-unknown	ἤθη χρηστὰ	1	Bad company corrupts good morals	Here, **good morals** refers to the character of a person who habitually does what is **good** or right. If your readers would misunderstand **good morals**, you could use a comparable word or phrase that identifies someone with proper or right character. Alternate translation: “those who do what is right” or “upright character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	44	ktad	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1		Paul is speaking as if the **natural body** was a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can introduce the clause with a word such as “since” or “because.” Alternate translation: “Since” or “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1CO	15	45	zsb9	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως καὶ	1		Here, **So also** introduces the basis for the claim Paul made about the existence of both “natural” and “spiritual” bodies in the last verse ([15:44](../15/44.md)). If your readers would misunderstand **So also**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces evidence or support. Alternate translation: “For” or “As” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1CO	15	45	y5c0	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1		In Paul’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In this case, the quotation comes from [Genesis 2:7](../gen/02/07.md). If your readers would misunderstand how Paul introduces the quotation, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it can be read in Genesis” or “the author of the book of Genesis says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1CO	15	45	f507	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Moses has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	15	45	f507	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “Moses has written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	45	hbse	figs-quotations	γέγραπται, ἐγένετο ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος, Ἀδὰμ, εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν	1		If your language does not use this form, you can translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “it is written that the first man Adam became a living soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 1CO	15	45	yo2p	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1		Although **man** is masculine, and **Adam** was male, Paul is focusing on how **Adam** was the first human being. He is not focusing on how **Adam** was the first male human being. If your readers would misunderstand **man**, you could use a nongendered word. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1CO	15	45	lnfh	translate-names	Ἀδὰμ	-1		**Adam** is the name of a man. It is the name that God gave to the first human he created. Paul uses **Adam** first to refer to this man and then to refer figuratively to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2391,7 +2391,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1CO	15	54	idtf	figs-idiom	γενήσεται	1	this mortal body has put on immortality	Here, **will come about** identifies that something will happen or come to pass. If your readers would misunderstand **will come about**, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “will come to pass” or “will be realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1CO	15	54	ozha	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	this mortal body has put on immortality	Here, **word** figuratively represents what someone says or writes in words. If your readers would misunderstand **word**, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1CO	15	54	asfj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ γεγραμμένος	1	this mortal body has put on immortality	In Paul’s culture, **the word that is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from or reference to an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book titled “Isaiah” (see ([Isaiah 25:8](../isa/25/08.md))). Most likely, this phrase introduces the quote from [Hosea 13:14](../hos/13/14.md) in the next verse as well. If your readers would misunderstand **the word that is written**, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from or referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “what can be read in the Scriptures” or “the words that Isaiah and Hosea wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-1CO	15	54	r5he	figs-activepassive	ὁ γεγραμμένος	1	this mortal body has put on immortality	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “the prophets have written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1CO	15	54	r5he	figs-activepassive	ὁ γεγραμμένος	1	this mortal body has put on immortality	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on what **is written** rather than focusing on the person doing the “writing.” If you must state who does the action, you can express it so that: (1) the scripture author writes or speaks the words. Alternate translation: “the prophets have written” (2) God speaks the words. Alternate translation: “God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1CO	15	54	b3xw	figs-quotations	ὁ γεγραμμένος, κατεπόθη ὁ θάνατος εἰς νῖκος	1	this mortal body has put on immortality	If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate this statement as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “that is written about how death is swallowed up in victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 1CO	15	54	s7jw	figs-metaphor	κατεπόθη ὁ θάνατος εἰς νῖκος	1	this mortal body has put on immortality	Here the quote refers to **Death** as if it were food that could be **swallowed up**. This illustrates that **Death** has been defeated as surely as if someone devoured it as though death were food. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “Death is destroyed in victory” or “Death is trampled in victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1CO	15	54	vkl5	figs-activepassive	κατεπόθη ὁ θάνατος εἰς νῖκος	1	this mortal body has put on immortality	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive here to focus on **Death**, which **is swallowed up**, rather than focusing on the person or thing doing the “swallowing.” If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “God has swallowed up death in victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
diff --git a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
index 018cfc7578..9ca95bcbcb 100644
--- a/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	8	13	smk2	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις	1	for the ease of others, and your affliction	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	13	ktd1		ἐξ ἰσότητος	1	for the sake of equality	Alternate translation: “so that there would be equality”
 2CO	8	14	v7aj		ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα	1	This is also so that their abundance may supply your need	Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: “this is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need”
-2CO	8	15	ue8w	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	15	ue8w	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	15	u28y	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν	1	did not have too little	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … too little**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	8	16	cr18	figs-synecdoche	τῷ διδόντι τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου	1	who put into Titus’ heart the same earnest care that I have for you	Here, **heart** refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “the one who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2CO	8	16	vsm3		τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν	1	same earnest care	Alternate translation: “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”